STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1996-02-28
Previous: MFS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1996-02-28
Next: LORD ASSET MANAGEMENT TRUST, 485BPOS, 1996-02-28













        
       As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 1996
         
                                                               File No. 811-8342




                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940                 [X]
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2                           [X]
         
        
                              STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO
                        (formerly Short-Term Income Portfolio)
                        -------------------------------------
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
         

                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ---------------------------
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                             ---------------

                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ----------------------------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
        
         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE 

              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended. However, interests in  the Registrant have not  been registered
     under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), because
     such  interests will  be issued  solely in  private  placement transactions
     that do  not involve any   public offering  within  the meaning  of Section
     4(2) of the 1933  Act. Investments in  the Registrant may  be made only  by
     U.S. and foreign investment  companies, common  or commingled trust  funds,
     organizations  or trusts  described  in Sections  401(a)  or 501(a)  of the
     Internal Revenue  Code of  1986, as  amended, or  similar organizations  or
     entities that are "accredited  investors" within the meaning of  Regulation
     D under the  1933 Act. This  Registration Statement, as  amended, does  not
     constitute  an offer to sell,  or the solicitation of  an offer to buy, any
     interests in the Registrant.
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

               Responses to Items  1 through 3 and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              Strategic    Income    Portfolio    (the    "Portfolio")   is    a
     non-diversified,  open-end management investment company that was organized
     as  a  trust under  the laws  of  the State  of New  York on  May  1, 1992.
     Interests  in  the   Portfolio  are  issued  solely  in  private  placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section  4(2) of  the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "1933
     Act"). Investments in  the Portfolio may be  made only by U.S.  and foreign
     investment companies,  common or commingled  trust funds, organizations  or
     trusts described in Sections 401(a) or 501(a) of the  Internal Revenue Code
     of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code"),  or similar  organizations or  entities
     that are  "accredited investors" within  the meaning of  Regulation D under
     the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement, as amended, does not constitute
     an offer to sell,  or the solicitation of  an offer to buy, any  "security"
     within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
     The Portfolio's Investment Objective
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide  a high  level
     of income by  investing in a global portfolio  consisting primarily of high
     grade debt  securities and having a dollar weighted average maturity of not
     more than  three years.   Maturity  is measured  by  duration as  described
     below.The Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management and  Research
     ("BMR"  or  the  "Investment Adviser"),  will  allocate  investments  among
     different  countries, currencies  and  credits,  including those  of  below
     investment grade quality,  based on the  perception of  the most  favorable
     markets and issuers,  the relative yield  and appreciation  potential of  a
     particular  country's  securities,  and the  relationship  of  a  country's
     currency to the U.S.  dollar.   Changes in exchange  rates for the  foreign
     currencies in which the investments  and forward contracts are  denominated
     may adversely affect  the value of  Portfolio interests.   The  Portfolio's
     investment objective  may  be changed  by  the  Trustees of  the  Portfolio
     without investor approval.
         
              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears in  Part  B.  The Portfolio  is  not  intended to  be  a
     complete investment  program, and  a prospective investor  should take into
     account  its objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an  interest in the Portfolio.  The  Portfolio cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.
        
     Investment Policies and Risks
         
        

                                        A - 1
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio invests primarily in a portfolio of high grade  debt
     securities of  issuers  located anywhere  in  the  world.   The  Investment
     Adviser  adjusts  the   Portfolio's  investments  and  engages   in  active
     management  techniques to  take advantage of  differences in interest rates
     and currency  exchange  rates  in  markets  around  the  world,  and  other
     differences among  countries and markets.   By  allocating the  Portfolio's
     assets actively among issuers  in different countries, and among securities
     denominated in  different currencies,  the Investment  Adviser attempts  to
     achieve  a higher level  of current income than  might be  available from a
     portfolio invested only in the securities of one  country or denominated in
     one currency.   This strategy  requires the Investment  Adviser to identify
     countries and currencies where the Portfolio's  investments will outperform
     comparable investments in  other countries and currencies and in many cases
     to predict  changes in economies, markets,  political conditions, and other
     factors.  The  success of this strategy  will, of course, involve  the risk
     that the  Investment Adviser's  predictions may be  untimely or  incorrect.
     The Investment Adviser  also seeks to identify markets and securities which
     appear to be undervalued and  make investments to profit from  increases in
     value.
         
        
              The   Portfolio  will   invest  primarily   in  high   grade  debt
     securities.   "High  grade"  debt securities  include securities  issued or
     guaranteed  as to principal  or interest by the  U.S. Government  or any of
     its agencies  or instrumentalities, and  debt securities, rated  at least A
     by Standard &  Poor's Ratings Group,  Moody's Investors  Service, Inc.,  or
     Duff & Phelps Inc.,  of foreign governmental and private issuers.  They may
     also include commercial paper  or other  short-term debt instruments  rated
     in  one of  the  two highest  short-term  ratings by  any  of those  rating
     services  (or  by  Fitch Investors  Service,  Inc.),  and  certificates  of
     deposit and bankers'  acceptances issued or guaranteed by, or time deposits
     maintained  at, banks  having total  assets of  more than $500  million and
     determined by the Investment Adviser to be of comparable credit  quality to
     short-term securities  with those  ratings.   An unrated  security will  be
     considered  to  be   a  high  grade  security  if  the  Investment  Adviser
     determines  that it  is  of comparable  quality  to any  of  the securities
     described  above.  In  making such  determinations, the  Investment Adviser
     will consider any rating of the issuer of unrated securities.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest the  remainder of its  assets in  lower-
     rated debt securities,  although less than  35% of  the Portfolio's  assets
     will be invested  in securities rated below BBB-/Baa3 (commonly referred to
     as "junk  bonds").  Lower-rated  securities generally offer higher  current
     yields and appreciation  potential than do higher rated securities, but are
     subject to greater  risks.  Securities  in the  lower-rated categories  are
     considered  to   be  of  poor   standing  and  predominantly   speculative;
     securities  in the  lowest rating  categories  may be  in  default and  are
     generally  regarded  by  the  rating  agencies  as  having  extremely  poor
     prospects of ever  attaining any real  investment standing.  The  values of
     lower-rated fixed-income securities generally fluctuate more  than those of
     higher-rated fixed-income securities.  For more  detailed information about

                                        A - 2
<PAGE>






     the  risks  associated  with  investing  in   lower-rated  securities,  see
     "Additional Risk and Investment Information" below.
         
        
              The  income producing  securities in  which the  Portfolio invests
     may have  fixed, variable, or  floating interest rates,  constitute a broad
     mix of  asset classes,  and may  include convertible  bonds, securities  of
     real  estate investment  trusts and  natural  resource companies,  stripped
     debt obligations, closed-end  investment companies  (that invest  primarily
     in  debt  securities  in  which  the  Portfolio  could  invest)  preferred,
     preference and  convertible stocks, equipment lease certificates, equipment
     trust  certificates,  conditional  sales  contracts  and  debt  obligations
     collateralized  by, or  representing interests  in pools  of, mortgages and
     other  types of  loans  ("asset-backed obligations").    The Portfolio  may
     invest  a portion of its  assets in fixed and  floating rate loans and loan
     interests.  The  Portfolio will normally  invest in  securities of  issuers
     located in  at  least three  different  countries  (which may  include  the
     United States), and  will not normally invest  more than 25% of  its assets
     in  securities  of  issuers  located   in  a  single  foreign   country  or
     denominated in  any  single  foreign  currency,  except  the  U.S.  dollar.
     Nevertheless,  through "Active Management  Strategies" discussed below, the
     entire Portfolio  may be exposed to foreign  currency risks.  For temporary
     defensive purposes,  the  Portfolio may  hold  all or  any portion  of  its
     assets in securities  of issuers located in  the United States and  in cash
     or money market instruments.  It is impossible to  predict when, or for how
     long, the Portfolio will engage in such strategies.
         
        
              The Portfolio  will maintain  a dollar weighted  average portfolio
     maturity of not  more than three years.   In measuring the  dollar weighted
     average portfolio maturity  of the Portfolio,  the Portfolio  will use  the
     concept  of  duration ,  adjusted to  account  for the  volatility-reducing
     effect of diversifying  a debt portfolio among several countries.  Duration
     represents  the dollar  weighted average  maturity of  expected  cash flows
     (i.e., interest  and principal payments)  on one or  more debt obligations,
     discounted  to their  present  values.   The  duration of  a  floating rate
     security  will be defined  as the time  to the next  interest payment.  The
     duration of an obligation  is usually less than its stated maturity  and is
     related to the degree  of volatility in the market value of the obligation.
     Maturity measures  only  the time  until  a  bond or  other  debt  security
     provides  its final  payment;  it takes  no  account of  the  pattern of  a
     security's payments over  time.  Duration takes both interest and principal
     payments into account and, thus, in the Investment  Adviser's opinion, is a
     more accurate  measure of a  debt security's price  sensitivity in response
     to changes in interest  rates.  In computing the duration of its portfolio,
     the Portfolio will have to estimate  the duration of debt obligations  that
     are subject  to prepayment or redemption by the  issuer, based on projected
     cash flows from such obligations  or their relationship to  comparable U.S.
     Treasury securities.  The Portfolio  may use various techniques  to shorten
     or  lengthen  the  dollar  weighted  average  maturity  of  its  portfolio,
     including the acquisition  of debt obligations  at a  premium or  discount,
     transactions in futures  contracts and options on futures and interest rate

                                        A - 3
<PAGE>






     swaps.    Subject to  the  requirement  that  the  dollar weighted  average
     portfolio maturity  will not exceed  three years, the  Portfolio may invest
     in individual debt obligations of any  maturity, including obligations with
     a remaining stated maturity of more than three years.
         
        
              The market  value of  the Portfolio's  investments will change  in
     response  to  changes  in currency  exchange  and  interest  rates,  credit
     quality changes of  issuers, and other factors.   Changes in the  values of
     portfolio  securities will not  affect interest  income derived  from those
     securities,  but  will  affect  the  Portfolio's  net  asset  value.    See
     "Additional Risk and Investment Information" below.
         
        
     Active Management Techniques
         
        
              Currency  and Other  Derivative  Instruments.   The  Portfolio may
     purchase  or sell derivative instruments (which are instruments that derive
     their  value from  another  instrument, security,  index,  or currency)  to
     enhance  return,  to  hedge  against  fluctuations  in  securities  prices,
     interest  rates or  currency  exchange rates,  or as  a substitute  for the
     purchase  or  sale   of  securities   or  currencies.     The   Portfolio's
     transactions  in derivative instruments  may be in  the U.S.  or abroad and
     may include  the  purchase or  sale  of  futures contracts  on  securities,
     securities   indices,  other   indices,  other   financial  instruments  or
     currencies;  options on  futures contracts;  exchange-traded  and over-the-
     counter options on  securities, indices or currencies;  and forward foreign
     currency exchange  contracts.  The  Portfolio's transactions in  derivative
     instruments involve a  risk of loss  or depreciation  due to  unanticipated
     adverse changes in securities  prices, interest rates, the other  financial
     instruments' prices or currency exchange  rates, or the inability  to close
     out a position  or default  by the counterparty.   The  loss on  derivative
     instruments  (other than  purchased  options)  may exceed  the  Portfolio's
     initial investment  in these instruments.   In addition,  the Portfolio may
     lose the entire premium paid  for purchased options that expire before they
     can  be  profitably exercised  by  the  Portfolio.    The Portfolio  incurs
     transaction  costs   in  opening  and   closing  positions  in   derivative
     instruments.  There  can be no assurance that  the Investment Adviser's use
     of derivative instruments will be advantageous to the Portfolio.
         
        
              To the extent  that the  Portfolio enters into futures  contracts,
     options on  futures contracts and  options of foreign  currencies traded on
     an exchange  regulated  by the  Commodity Futures  Trading Commission  (the
     "CFTC"), in  each case  that are  not for  bona fide  hedging purposes  (as
     defined by  the CFTC), the  aggregate initial margin  and premiums required
     to establish these  positions (excluding the  amount by  which options  are
     "in-the-money")  may  not  exceed  5%  of  the  liquidation  value  of  the
     Portfolio's investments, after  taking into account unrealized  profits and
     unrealized losses on any contracts the Portfolio has entered into.
         

                                        A - 4
<PAGE>






        
              Forward  contracts  are   individually  negotiated  and  privately
     traded  by  currency traders  and  their  customers.    A forward  contract
     involves an obligation to  purchase or sell a specific currency  (or basket
     of currencies)  for an  agreed price  at a  future date,  which may  be any
     fixed  number of  days from the  date of the  contract.   The Portfolio may
     engage in  cross-hedging by  using forward  contracts in  one currency  (or
     basket  of  currencies) to  hedge  against  fluctuations  in  the value  of
     securities denominated  in a  different currency if  the Investment Adviser
     determines that there  is an established historical  pattern or correlation
     between the two currencies (or the basket of currencies and  the underlying
     currency).  Use of a  different foreign currency magnifies  the Portfolio's
     exposure  to foreign  currency exchange  rate fluctuations.   The Portfolio
     may also use forward  contracts to shift its  exposure to foreign  currency
     exchange  rate changes  from one  currency to  another.   In addition,  the
     Portfolio may purchase forward  contracts for non-hedging purposes when the
     Investment Adviser  anticipates that the  foreign currency will  appreciate
     in value.
         
        
              Investment Rate and Currency Swaps.  The Portfolio may enter  into
     interest rate  and currency swaps both for  hedging purposes and to enhance
     return.   Interest rate swaps  involve the  exchange by the  Portfolio with
     another party of their respective  commitments to pay or  receive interest,
     e.g., an  exchange  of fixed  rate  payments  for floating  rate  payments.
     Currency swaps involve the  exchange of their respective rights to  make or
     receive payments  in specified currencies.   The Portfolio  will enter into
     interest  rate swaps on  a net basis, so  the risk of loss  with respect to
     interest rate swaps is limited to the net  amount of interest payments that
     the Portfolio is  contractually obligated to make.   If the other  party to
     an interest  rate swap defaults, the  Portfolio's risk of loss  consists of
     the net amount  of interest payments  that the  Portfolio is  contractually
     entitled  to receive.    In contrast,  currency  swaps usually  involve the
     delivery  of  the entire  payment  stream  in  one  designated currency  in
     exchange for  the entire payment  stream in the  other designated currency.
     Therefore, the entire principal  value of a currency swap is subject to the
     risk that  the other  party to  the swap  will default  on its  contractual
     delivery obligations.
         
        
              The  use  of  interest  rate  and  currency  swaps  is  a   highly
     specialized  activity  which  involves  investment  techniques  and   risks
     different  from   those  associated  with  ordinary   portfolio  securities
     transactions.  The Investment Adviser  has used interest rate  and currency
     swaps  to only a  limited extent, but has  utilized other  types of hedging
     techniques.   If the  Investment Adviser is  incorrect in  its forecasts of
     market values, interest rates and  currency exchange rates, the  investment
     performance of  an investor in the  Portfolio would be less  favorable than
     it would have been if swaps were not used.
         
        
              Securities  loans, repurchase agreements, forward commitments, and

                                        A - 5
<PAGE>






     reverse  repurchase agreements.    The  Portfolio  may lend  its  portfolio
     securities  to broker-dealers  and may  enter  into repurchase  agreements.
     These transactions must be fully  collateralized at all times,  but involve
     some  risk  to the  Portfolio  if the  other  party should  default  on its
     obligations and  the lender  is delayed  or prevented  from recovering  the
     collateral.    The  Portfolio  may  also  purchase  securities  for  future
     delivery by means of "forward commitments."
         
        
              The   Portfolio   may  also   enter   into   "reverse"  repurchase
     agreements, which  generally involve  the sale  of securities  held and  an
     agreement to repurchase the securities  at an agreed-upon price,  date, and
     interest  payment.  The Portfolio can invest the cash it receives or use it
     to meet redemption  requests.   Reverse repurchase  agreements and  forward
     commitments may increase the  overall investment exposure of  the Portfolio
     and involve  investment  leverage.   The  use  of investment  leverage  may
     increase the amount of any losses incurred by the  Portfolio in the case of
     adverse changes in  market conditions  or the failure  of the  issuer of  a
     security or  financial instrument to  meet its obligations.   The Portfolio
     may also  enter into  reverse repurchase  agreements as a  hedge against  a
     possible decline  in the  value of  the foreign  currency in  which a  debt
     security  is denominated  by converting the  foreign currency cash proceeds
     from the sale of the debt security into U.S. dollars.
         
        
     Additional Risk and Investment Information
         
        
              Investments  in  foreign  securities.  Because foreign  securities
     involve  foreign currencies, the values of the  assets of the Portfolio and
     its  net  investment  income available  for  distribution  may be  affected
     favorably  or  unfavorably  by  changes  in  currency exchanges  rates  and
     exchange control  regulations.   There  may  be less  information  publicly
     available about a  foreign issuer  than about  a U.S.  issuer, and  foreign
     issuers are  not generally subject  to accounting, auditing, and  financial
     reporting  standards  and  practices  comparable  to those  in  the  United
     States.  The willingness and ability of  sovereign issuers to pay principal
     and interest on  government securities depends on various economic factors,
     including  among others  the  issuer's balance  of  payments, overall  debt
     level, and cash flow considerations  related to the availability of  tax or
     other revenues  to satisfy  the issuer's  obligations.   The securities  of
     some foreign issuers  are less liquid and  at times more volatile  than the
     securities  of comparable U.S. issuers.   Foreign brokerage commissions and
     fees  are  also  generally  higher  than in  the  United  States.   Foreign
     settlement  procedures and  trade  regulations  may involve  certain  risks
     (such as delay in the payment or delivery of securities  or in the recovery
     of the  Portfolio's assets  held abroad) and  expenses not  present in  the
     settlement  of  domestic  investments.   The  Portfolio's  investments  may
     include   securities  issued  by   lesser-developed  countries,  which  are
     sometimes referred  to as "emerging  markers", and issuers  located in such
     countries.  As a  result, the Portfolio may be exposed to  greater risk and
     will  be more dependent on the Investment  Adviser's ability to assess such

                                        A - 6
<PAGE>






     risk than if the Portfolio invested solely is more developed countries.
         
        
              In addition,  there may  be a  possibility  of nationalization  or
     expropriation  of  assets,   imposition  of  currency  exchange   controls,
     confiscatory taxation, political or  financial instability, and  diplomatic
     developments  which could affect the values  of the Portfolio's investments
     in certain foreign  countries.  Legal  remedies available  to investors  in
     certain  foreign  countries,  including  remedies  available in  bankruptcy
     proceedings,  may be  more  limited than  those  available with  respect to
     investments in the United  States or in other foreign countries.   The laws
     of some foreign countries  may limit the  Portfolio's ability to invest  in
     securities of certain  issuers located in those foreign countries.  Special
     tax considerations apply to foreign securities.
         
        
              Investing  in   lower-rated  securities.     Lower   quality  debt
     securities are  subject  to the  risk  of  an issuer's  inability  to  meet
     principal and  interest payments on  the obligations (credit  risk) and may
     also be subject  to price volatility due  to such factors as  interest rate
     sensitivity, market  perception of the  creditworthiness of the issuer  and
     general  market  liquidity  (market  risk).   Lower  rated  and  comparable
     unrated  securities are  also more  likely  to react  to real  or perceived
     developments affecting  market and credit  risk than are  more highly rated
     securities, which  react primarily  to movements  in the  general level  of
     interest  rates.   The  Portfolio may  retain  defaulted securities  in its
     portfolio when  such retention  is considered  desirable by  the Investment
     Adviser.   In the  case of  a defaulted  security, the Portfolio  may incur
     additional  expense seeking recovery of  its investment.   In the event the
     rating of  a security  held by  the Portfolio  is  downgraded, causing  the
     Portfolio to  have 35%  or more  of its  total assets  in securities  rated
     below investment grade,  the Investment Adviser will (in an orderly fashion
     within a reasonable period  of time) dispose of such securities as it deems
     necessary in order to  comply with  this limitation.   See the Appendix  to
     this Part A for the asset composition  of the Portfolio for the fiscal year
     ended October 31, 1995.   For a description of securities ratings, see Part
     B.
         
        
              Interest Rate Risk.   The value of an  investor's interest in  the
     Portfolio will reflect the underlying  value of the Portfolio's  assets and
     liabilities  and will  change in  response  to interest  rate fluctuations.
     When  interest  rates decline,  the value  of debt  securities held  by the
     Portfolio can  be expected to rise.   Conversely, when interest rates rise,
     the value  of debt  securities held  by the  Portfolio can  be expected  to
     decline.
         
        
              Other Practices.   The Portfolio may at times invest  in so-called
     "zero-coupon" bonds (deferred interest bonds)  and "payment-in-kind" bonds.
     Zero-coupon  bonds   are  issued  at  a  significant  discount  from  their
     principal amount  and interest  is paid  only at  maturity  rather than  at

                                        A - 7
<PAGE>






     intervals during the  life of the  security.   Payment-in-kind bonds  allow
     the issuer, at its  option, to make current interest payments on  the bonds
     either  in cash or  in additional bonds.   The values  of zero-coupon bonds
     and  payment-in-kind bonds  are subject to  greater fluctuation in response
     to changes in market  interest rates than bonds which pay interest  in cash
     currently.  Because these  instruments allow an issuer to avoid the need to
     generate cash to meet current  interest payments, they may  involve greater
     credit risks than bonds  paying interest currently.  Even though such bonds
     do not pay current interest in cash,  the Portfolio is nonetheless required
     to accrue interest income  on such  investments and an  investor that is  a
     regulated investment  company is required  to distribute its  share of such
     amounts at least annually  to its shareholders.  Thus,  the Portfolio could
     be  required at  times to  liquidate other  investments  to obtain  cash in
     order to satisfy an investor's distribution requirements.
         
        
              The Portfolio may temporarily borrow  up to 5% of the value of its
     total  assets   to  satisfy  redemption   requests  or  settle   securities
     transactions.   Certain securities  held by  the Portfolio  may permit  the
     issuer  at its  option to "call",  or deem,  its securities.   If an issuer
     were to redeem securities  held by the Portfolio during a time of declining
     interest rates, the  Portfolio may not be able  to reinvest the proceeds in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Non-Diversified  Status.    As   a  "non-diversified"   investment
     company,  the Portfolio  may  invest,  with respect  to  50%  of its  total
     assets, more  than 5% (but  not more than  25%) of its total  assets in the
     securities  of any one issuer, other than  U.S. government securities.  The
     Portfolio is likely to  invest a  greater percentage of  its assets in  the
     securities of a  single issuer than would  a diversified fund.   Therefore,
     the Portfolio  is  more susceptible  to  any  single adverse  or  political
     occurrence  or  development  affecting  issuers  in   which  the  Portfolio
     invests.
         
        
              Investment  Restrictions.    The  Portfolio  has  adopted  certain
     fundamental investment  restrictions and policies  which are enumerated  in
     detail  in Part  B and  which may not  be changed  unless authorized  by an
     investor vote.   Except for  such enumerated restrictions  and as otherwise
     indicated in  this Part  A, the  investment objective and  policies of  the
     Portfolio are  not fundamental policies  and accordingly may  be changed by
     the  Trustees  of the  Portfolio  without  obtaining  the  approval of  the
     investors in the  Portfolio.  If any  changes were made in  the Portfolio's
     investment  objective, the  Portfolio might  have  an investment  objective
     different from  the objective which an  investor considered  appropriate at
     the time of the investor's initial investment in the Portfolio.
         
     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State

                                        A - 8
<PAGE>






     of New York. The  Portfolio intends to  comply with all applicable  federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment Adviser.   The Portfolio engages  Boston Management and
     Research  ("BMR"), a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance  Management
     ("Eaton Vance"),  as its investment  adviser. Eaton  Vance, its  affiliates
     and its predecessor  companies have been managing assets of individuals and
     institutions since 1924 and managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting under the  general supervision of the Board of  Trustees of
     the  Portfolio, BMR  manages the Portfolio's  investments and  affairs, and
     furnishes  for the  use of  the  Portfolio office  space and  all necessary
     office facilities, equipment,  and personnel for servicing  the investments
     of  the  Portfolio.   Under  its  investment  advisory  agreement with  the
     Portfolio, BMR receives a monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         
              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset  rate applicable to that  portion of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of  the total daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion   shall  bear   the  same
                      relationship to the total  daily gross income on  such day
                      as that portion of the  total daily net assets in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

                                                        Annual   Daily
     Category     Daily Net Assets                      Asset    Income
                                                        Rate     Rate

     1        up to $500 million                        0.275%   2.75%
     2        $500 million but less than $1 billion     0.250%   2.50%
     3        $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     0.225%   2.25%
     4        $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     0.200%   2.00%
     5        $2 billion but less than $3 billion       0.175%   1.75%
     6        $3 billion and over                       0.150%   1.50%

     Total daily  gross income is  the total gross  investment income, exclusive
     of capital  gains  and  losses  on  investments  and  before  deduction  of
     expenses, earned each day by the Portfolio.

              As  at  October  31,  1995,  the  Portfolio  had  net  assets   of
     $152,583,289.  For the  fiscal year ended  October 31, 1995, the  Portfolio
     paid  BMR advisory  fees  equivalent to  0.55%  of the  Portfolio's average
     daily net assets for such year.
         
        
              BMR  or Eaton  Vance  acts  as investment  adviser  to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.  Eaton   Vance  is   a

                                        A - 9
<PAGE>






     wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance  Corp., a  publicly  held holding
     company.  Eaton  Vance  Corp., through  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates,
     engages  in investment  management and  marketing activities,  oil and  gas
     operations,  real  estate   investment,  consulting  and   management,  and
     development of precious metals properties.
         
        
              Mark  S.  Venezia  has acted  as  the  portfolio  manager  of  the
     Portfolio since it commenced operations.  He  has been a Vice President  of
     Eaton Vance since 1987 and of BMR since 1992.  
         
        
              The Portfolio believes that most of the obligations which it  will
     acquire  will  normally be  traded  on  a  net  basis (without  commission)
     through broker-dealers and banks acting for their  own account.  Such firms
     attempt to profit from  such transactions  by buying at  the bid price  and
     selling at  the higher  asked price of  the market,  and the difference  is
     customarily referred  to as  the spread.    In selecting  firms which  will
     execute portfolio transactions,  BMR judges their professional  ability and
     quality of service and uses its best efforts  to obtain execution at prices
     which  are advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and  at reasonably  competitive
     spreads.  Subject to  the foregoing,  BMR may  consider sales  of shares of
     other investment companies sponsored  by BMR or Eaton Vance as a  factor in
     the selection of firms to execute portfolio transactions.
         
        
         
        
              The  Portfolio  also engages  BMR  as its  administrator under  an
     administration  agreement.   Under  the  administration agreement,  BMR  is
     responsible  for  reviewing  and  supervising  the   provision  of  custody
     services to the  Portfolio and  making related reports  and recommendations
     to  the  Board   of  Trustees  of  the  Portfolio;  for  providing  certain
     valuation,  legal,   accounting  and  tax   services  in  connection   with
     investments with foreign issuers or guarantors,  investments denominated in
     foreign currencies,  and transactions  in derivative  instruments; and  for
     such other special  services as the Board  may direct.  BMR  also furnishes
     the  office  facilities   and  personnel  necessary  for   providing  these
     services.   As  compensation  for these  services,  BMR receives  a monthly
     administration  fee at an annual  rate of 0.15%  of the Portfolio's average
     daily  net assets.    For  the fiscal  year  ended  October 31,  1995,  the
     Portfolio  paid   BMR  administration  fees  equivalent  to  0.15%  of  the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets for such year.
         
        
              The Portfolio  is responsible for  all of its  costs and  expenses
     not expressly stated  to be payable  by BMR under  the investment  advisory
     agreement or the administration agreement.
         
     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State

                                        A - 10
<PAGE>






     of New  York and  intends to be  treated as a  partnership for  federal tax
     purposes. Under  the Declaration of  Trust, the Trustees  are authorized to
     issue interests in  the Portfolio. Each investor  is entitled to a  vote in
     proportion to  the amount of  its investment in  the Portfolio. Investments
     in the Portfolio may  not be transferred, but an investor may  withdraw all
     or any portion of its  investment at any time at net asset value. Investors
     in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the  Portfolio.
     However, the risk of  an investor in the Portfolio incurring financial loss
     on account  of such  liability is  limited to circumstances  in which  both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is  unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120  days after the  complete withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of  the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written  instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business of the  Portfolio. This provision is consistent with the treatment
     of the Portfolio as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
         
              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and are fully  paid and non-assessable  by the Portfolio, except  as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings  of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary  or desirable to submit matters  for an investor vote. Changes in
     fundamental  policies or restrictions  will be  submitted to  investors for
     approval.  The  investment  objective  and  all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the Portfolio may be changed  by the Trustees of the  Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the  investors   in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of
     removing  one  or  more  Trustees.  Any  Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interests  in  the
     Portfolio.
        
              Information regarding  pooled investment  entities or  funds  that
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc., 24 Federal Street,  Boston, MA  02110, (617) 482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions of  a larger  investor in the  Portfolio. For  example, if a  large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns. Additionally, the  Portfolio may hold fewer  securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience  decreasing economies of scale.
     However,  this  possibility  exists as  well  for  historically  structured
     mutual funds which have large or institutional investors.
         
        

                                        A - 11
<PAGE>






              As  of February  14,  1996,  EV  Marathon  Strategic  Income  Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  99.9% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
              The net asset value  of the  Portfolio is determined  each day  on
     which the  New York  Stock Exchange  (the "Exchange")  is open  for trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").  This  determination  is made  each  Portfolio
     Business Day as of  the close of regular trading on the  Exchange (normally
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").

              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment in  the  Portfolio on  each  Portfolio Business  Day as  of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time. The  value of  each investor's  interest in  the
     Portfolio will  be determined  by multiplying the  net asset  value of  the
     Portfolio by  the percentage, determined  on the  prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which represented that investor's  share of the aggregate  interest in
     the Portfolio  on such  prior  day. Any  additions or  withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business  Day will  then  be recorded.  Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage  equal to a fraction (i) the numerator  of which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus, as  the case may be,  the amount of any  additions to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and  (ii) the denominator of which  is the aggregate net asset
     value of  the Portfolio  as of the  Portfolio Valuation  Time on the  prior
     Portfolio Business Day  plus or minus,  as the case  may be, the  amount of
     the net additions  to or withdrawals  from the aggregate investment  in the
     Portfolio on the  current Portfolio Business  Day by  all investors in  the
     Portfolio. The percentage so determined  will then be applied  to determine
     the  value of  the investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.   See Item 7  regarding the pricing of  investments
     in the Portfolio.

              The Portfolio will allocate  at least annually among its investors
     its net investment income, net  realized capital gains, and any other items
     of income, gain,  loss, deduction or credit. The Portfolio's net investment
     income  consists of all income accrued  on the Portfolio's assets, less all
     actual  and accrued  expenses of  the Portfolio,  determined in  accordance
     with generally accepted accounting principles.
        
              Under  the anticipated  method of operation of  the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to any federal income  tax. (See Part B, Item
     20.) However, each  investor in  the Portfolio will  take into account  its
     allocable share  of the  Portfolio's ordinary  income and  capital gain  in
     determining  its federal income  tax liability.  The determination  of each
     such share will  be made in  accordance with the  governing instruments  of
     the Portfolio,  which are intended to  comply with the requirements  of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be

                                        A - 12
<PAGE>






     managed  in such  a way  that an investor  in the  Portfolio that  seeks to
     qualify as a regulated investment company (a "RIC")  under the Code will be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         

     Item 7.   Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio  are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any  public offering  within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2)  of the 1933 Act.  See  General Description of  Registrant 
     above.
        
              An  investment in the Portfolio will be made without a sales load.
     All investments received by  the Portfolio will be effected as of  the next
     Portfolio  Valuation  Time.  The  net  asset  value  of  the  Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset  value   on  the   following  business  holidays:   New  Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas  Day. The
     Portfolio's  net asset  value  is computed  in  accordance with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian  and agent  for the Portfolio)  in the  manner
     authorized  by the  Trustees  of the  Portfolio.   The  net asset  value is
     computed by subtracting the liabilities of the Portfolio from the value  of
     its total assets.  Most  debt securities are valued on the  basis of market
     valuations  furnished  by  pricing  services.     For  further  information
     regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B, Item 19.
         
              There  is  no  minimum initial  or  subsequent  investment in  the
     Portfolio. The Portfolio reserves  the right to cease accepting investments
     at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business  address of  EVD is  24
     Federal Street, Boston,  Massachusetts 02110. EVD receives  no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An investor in the Portfolio may  withdraw all of (redeem) or  any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper  form is furnished by the  investor to the Portfolio. All
     withdrawals will  be effected as of the next  Portfolio Valuation Time. The
     proceeds of a  withdrawal will  be paid by  the Portfolio  normally on  the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but in  any event within
     seven days.  The Portfolio  reserves the  right to  pay the  proceeds of  a
     withdrawal (whether  a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio  securities (instead  of  cash).  The securities  so  distributed

                                        A - 13
<PAGE>






     would be valued at the same  amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net  asset value for the  interest (whether complete  or partial) being
     withdrawn.  If  an investor  received  a  distribution  in  kind upon  such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could  incur brokerage  and  other  charges  in
     converting  the  securities to  cash.  The  Portfolio  has  filed with  the
     Securities and Exchange Commission  (the "SEC") a notification  of election
     on Form N-18F-1  committing to pay in cash  all requests for withdrawals by
     any investor, limited  in amount with respect  to such investor  during any
     90  day period to  the lesser of  (a) $250,000 or (b)  1% of  the net asset
     value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         
              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.
        
              The  right of any investor to  receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during  any period  in which the  Exchange is closed  (other than
     weekends or holidays) or  trading on the Exchange is restricted or,  to the
     extent  otherwise permitted  by  the Investment  Company  Act of  1940 (the
     "1940  Act"), if an emergency exists, or  during any other period permitted
     by order of the SEC for the protection of investors.
         
     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

              Not applicable.





























                                        A - 14
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

        
                              Strategic Income Portfolio
                            Asset Composition Information
                        For Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 1995
         

                                                Percentage of
                                                Net Assets For
                      Debt Securities--         Fiscal Year Ended
                      Moody's Ratings           October 31, 1995
        
                      Aaa                       19.5%
                      Aa1                       4.1
                      Aa2                       34.8
                      Aa3                       0.0
                      A1                        2.7
                      A3                        2.7
                      Ba1                       3.8
                      Ba2                       0.0
                      Ba3                       0.5
                      B1                        2.1
                      B2                        20.5
                      B3                        2.9
                      Baa1                      0.2
                      Baa3                      1.2
                      Caa                       0.4
                      CCC                       0.0
                      Unrated                   4.6
                      Total                     100.0%
         
        
              The  chart above  indicates the  weighted average  composition for
     the fiscal year ended  October 31, 1995, with the debt securities  rated by
     Moody's Investors  Service, Inc. ("Moody's")  separated into the  indicated
     categories.  The  weighted averages indicated  above were  calculated on  a
     dollar weighted basis and were computed as at the  end of each month during
     the fiscal  year.    The  chart  does not  necessarily  indicate  what  the
     composition of the Portfolio will  be in the current and  subsequent fiscal
     years.
         
              For  a  description  of Moody's  ratings  of debt  securities, see
     Appendix A to Part B.









                                        A - 15
<PAGE>






                                       PART B 

     Item 10.  Cover Page

              Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
                                                                         Page
              General Information and History                            B-1 
              Investment Objectives and Policies                         B-1 
              Management of the Portfolio                                B-13
              Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities         B-17
              Investment Advisory and Other Services                     B-17
              Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices                   B-20
              Capital Stock and Other Securities                         B-23
              Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities             B-25
              Tax Status                                                 B-25
              Underwriters                                               B-29
              Calculation of Performance Data                            B-29
              Financial Statements                                       B-29
              Appendix                                                   a-1 

     Item 12.  General Information and History
        
              Effective February 23, 1994, the Portfolio's name was changed
     from "Short-Term Global Income Portfolio" to "Short-Term Income
     Portfolio", and effective March 1, 1995, the Portfolio's name was changed
     from "Short-Term Income Portfolio" to "Strategic Income Portfolio".
         
     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies
        
              Part A contains additional information about the investment
     objective and policies of Strategic Income Portfolio (the "Portfolio").
     This Part B should be read in conjunction with Part A.  Capitalized terms
     used in this Part B and not otherwise defined have the meanings given them
     in Part A. 
         
     Income Producing Securities
        
              Included in the income producing securities in which the
     Portfolio may invest are preferred and preference stocks, convertible
     bonds, securities of real estate investment trusts and natural resource
     companies, stripped debt obligations, closed-end investment companies
     (that invest primarily in debt securities in which the Portfolio could
     invest), equipment lease certificates, equipment trust certificates and
     conditional sales contracts. Preference stocks are stocks that have many
     characteristics of preferred stocks, but are typically junior to an
     existing class of preferred stocks. Securities of real estate investment
     trusts, such as debentures, are affected by conditions in the real estate
     industry and interest rates. Securities of natural resource companies are
     subject to price fluctuation based upon inflationary pressures and demand
     for natural resources. Stripped debt obligations are comprised of

                                        B - 1
<PAGE>






     principal only or interest only obligations. The value of closed-end
     investment company securities, which are generally traded on an exchange,
     is affected by demand for those securities regardless of the demand for
     the underlying portfolio assets. Equipment lease certificates are debt
     obligations secured by leases on equipment (such as railroad cars,
     airplanes or office equipment), with the issuer of the certificate being
     the owner and lessor of the equipment. The issuers of equipment lease
     certificates tend to be industrial, transportation and leasing companies.
     Equipment trust certificates are debt obligations secured by an interest
     in property (such as railroad cars or airplanes), the title of which is
     held by a trustee while the property is being used by the borrower.
     Conditional sales contracts are agreements under which the seller of the
     property continues to hold title to the property until the purchase price
     is fully paid or other conditions are met by the buyer. The Portfolio has
     no current intention of investing more than 5% of its total assets in any
     of these types of securities.
         
        
              The Portfolio may purchase fixed-rate bonds which have a demand
     feature allowing the holder to redeem the bonds at specified times. These
     bonds are more defensive than conventional long-term bonds (protecting to
     some degree against a rise in interest rates) while providing greater
     opportunity than comparable intermediate term bonds, because the Portfolio
     may retain the bond if interest rates decline. By acquiring these kinds of
     bonds the Portfolio obtains the contractual right to require the issuer of
     the bonds to purchase the security at an agreed upon price, which right is
     contained in the obligation itself rather than in a separate agreement or
     instrument.  Because this right is assignable only with the bond, the
     Portfolio will not assign any separate value to such right. The Portfolio
     may also purchase floating or variable rate obligations and warrants when
     such warrants are part of a unit with other securities. 
         
        
              The Portfolio's investments in high yield, high risk obligations
     rated below investment grade, which have speculative characteristics, bear
     special risks. They are subject to greater credit risks, including the
     possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer. The value of such
     investments may also be subject to a greater degree of volatility in
     response to interest rate fluctuations, economic downturns and changes in
     the financial condition of the issuer. These securities generally are less
     liquid than higher quality securities. During periods of deteriorating
     economic conditions and contractions in the credit markets, the ability of
     such issuers to service their debt, meet projected goals or obtain
     additional financing may be impaired.  The Portfolio will also take such
     action as it considers appropriate in the event of anticipated financial
     difficulties, default or bankruptcy of either the issuer of any such
     obligation or of the underlying source of funds for debt service.  Such
     action may include retaining the services of various persons and firms
     (including affiliates of the Investment Adviser) to evaluate or protect
     any real estate, facilities or other assets securing any such obligation
     or acquired by the Portfolio as a result of any such event. The Portfolio
     will incur additional expenditures in taking protective action with

                                        B - 2
<PAGE>






     respect to portfolio obligations in default and assets securing such
     obligations.
         
        
              The Portfolio may invest in obligations of domestic and foreign
     companies in the group consisting of the banking and the financial
     services industries. Companies in the banking industry include U.S. and
     foreign commercial banking institutions (including their parent holding
     companies). Companies in the financial services industry include finance
     companies, diversified financial services companies and insurance and
     insurance holding companies. Companies engaged primarily in the investment
     banking, securities, investment advisory or investment company business
     are not deemed to be in the financial services industry for this purpose.
     The securities held by the Portfolio may be affected by economic or
     regulatory developments in or related to such industries. Sustained
     increases in interest rates can adversely affect the availability and cost
     of funds for an institution's lending activities, and a deterioration in
     general economic conditions could increase the institution's exposure to
     credit losses.
         
              A bank from whom the Portfolio acquires a loan participation
     interest may be treated as a co-issuer for tax diversification purposes to
     the extent that the Portfolio does not have direct recourse against the
     borrower of the underlying loan and is therefore relying on the credit of
     such bank. For industry concentration purposes, the Investment Adviser
     will consider all relevant factors in determining the issuer of a loan
     interest, including: the credit quality of the borrower, the amount and
     quality of the collateral, the terms of the loan agreement and the other
     relevant agreements (including inter-creditor agreements), the degree to
     which the credit of such interpositioned person was deemed material to the
     decision to purchase the loan interest, the interest rate environment, and
     general economic conditions applicable to the borrower and such
     interpositioned person.

     Mortgage Rolls
              The Portfolio may enter into mortgage "dollar rolls" in which the
     Portfolio sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current
     month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar
     (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date.
     During the roll period, the Portfolio foregoes principal and interest paid
     on the mortgage-backed securities. The Portfolio is compensated by the
     difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for
     the future purchase (often referred to as the "drop") as well as by the
     interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A "covered roll"
     is a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash
     position or a cash equivalent security position which matures on or before
     the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. The Portfolio
     will enter into only covered rolls. Covered rolls are not treated as a
     borrowing or other senior security and will be excluded from the
     calculation of the Portfolio's borrowings and other senior securities.

     Lending of Portfolio Securities

                                        B - 3
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by lending
     portfolio securities to broker-dealers or other institutional borrowers.
     Under present regulatory policies of the Securities and Exchange
     Commission ("SEC"), such loans are required to be secured continuously by
     collateral in cash, cash equivalents or U.S. Government securities held by
     the Portfolio's custodian and maintained on a current basis at an amount
     at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, which will be
     marked to market daily. Cash equivalents include certificates of deposit,
     commercial paper and other short-term money market instruments. The
     Portfolio would  have the right to call a loan and obtain the securities
     loaned at any time on up to five business days' notice.

     Foreign Investments
              Investing in foreign issuers involves certain special
     considerations, including those set forth below, which are not typically
     associated with investing in U.S. issuers.  Because investments in foreign
     issuers may involve currencies of foreign countries, and because the
     Portfolio may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits in foreign
     currencies during completion of investment programs, the Portfolio may be
     affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in
     exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with
     conversions between various currencies.
        
              Because foreign companies are not subject to uniform accounting,
     auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements
     comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, there may be less
     publicly available information about a foreign company than about a
     domestic company. Volume and liquidity in most foreign bond markets is
     less than in the United States and securities of some foreign companies
     are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S.
     companies. Fixed commissions on foreign stock exchanges are generally
     higher than negotiated commissions on U.S. exchanges, although the
     Portfolio endeavors to achieve the most favorable net results on its
     portfolio transactions. There is generally less government supervision and
     regulation of securities exchanges, broker-dealers and listed companies
     than in the United States. Mail service between the United States and
     foreign countries may be slower or less reliable than within the United
     States, thus increasing the risk of delayed settlements of portfolio
     transactions or loss of certificates for portfolio securities. The
     Portfolio may be required to pay for securities before delivery. In
     addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the
     possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, political or social
     instability, or diplomatic developments which could affect the Portfolio's
     investments in those countries. Moreover, individual foreign economies may
     differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as
     growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment,
     resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

         
     Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
              The Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
     contracts. A forward foreign currency exchange contract involves an

                                        B - 4
<PAGE>






     obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which
     may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon
     by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These
     contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between
     currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A
     forward contract generally has no deposit requirement, and no commissions
     are charged at any stage for trades.

              At the maturity of a forward contract the Portfolio may either
     accept or make delivery of the currency specified in the contract or, at
     or prior to maturity, enter into a closing purchase transaction involving
     the purchase or sale of an offsetting contract. Closing purchase
     transactions with respect to forward contracts are often effected with the
     currency trader who is a party to the original forward contract.

              The Portfolio may enter into forward foreign currency exchange
     contracts in several circumstances. First, when the Portfolio enters into
     a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign
     currency, or when the Portfolio anticipates the receipt in a foreign
     currency of dividend or interest payments on such a security which it
     holds, the Portfolio may desire to  lock in  the U.S. dollar price of the
     security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such dividend or interest
     payment, as the case may be. By entering into a forward contract for the
     purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of dollars, of the amount of foreign
     currency involved in the underlying transactions, the Portfolio will
     attempt to protect itself against an adverse change in the relationship
     between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period
     between the date on which the security is purchased or sold, or on which
     the dividend or interest payment is declared, and the date on which such
     payments are made or received.

              Additionally, when management of the Portfolio believes that the
     currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline
     against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell, for
     a fixed amount of dollars, the amount of foreign currency approximating
     the value of some or all of the securities held by the Portfolio
     denominated in such foreign currency. The precise matching of the forward
     contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not
     generally be possible because the future value of such securities in
     foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the
     value of those securities between the date on which the contract is
     entered into and the date it matures. The precise projection of short-term
     currency market movements is not possible, and short-term hedging provides
     a means of fixing the dollar value of only a portion of the Portfolio's
     foreign assets.

              The Portfolio's custodian will place cash or liquid high grade
     debt securities into a segregated account of the Portfolio in an amount
     equal to the value of the Portfolio's total assets, reduced by the value
     of any offsetting forward or written or purchased option position on the
     same or a related currency, committed to the consummation of forward
     foreign currency exchange contracts requiring the Portfolio to purchase

                                        B - 5
<PAGE>






     foreign currencies or forward contracts entered into for non-hedging
     purposes. If the value of the securities placed in the segregated account
     declines, additional cash or securities will be placed in the account on a
     daily basis so that the value of the account will equal the amount of the
     Portfolio's commitments with respect to such contracts, net of any
     offsetting forward contracts or options positions.

              The Portfolio generally will not enter into a forward contract
     with a term of greater than one year. Using forward contracts to protect
     the value of the securities held by the Portfolio against a decline in the
     value of a currency does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying
     prices of the securities. It simply establishes a rate of exchange which
     the Portfolio can achieve at some future point in time.
        
              While the Portfolio will enter into forward contracts to reduce
     currency exchange rate risks, transactions in such contracts involve
     certain other risks. Thus, while the Portfolio may benefit from such
     transactions, unanticipated changes in currency prices may result in a
     poorer overall performance for the Portfolio than if it had not engaged in
     any such transactions. Moreover, there may be imperfect correlation
     between the securities held by the Portfolio denominated in a particular
     currency and forward contracts entered into by the Portfolio. Such
     imperfect correlation may prevent the Portfolio from achieving a complete
     hedge or expose the Portfolio to risk of foreign exchange loss.
         
     Writing and Purchasing Currency Call and Put Options
              The Portfolio may write covered put and call options and purchase
     put and call options on foreign currencies for the purpose of protecting
     against declines in the dollar value of portfolio securities and against
     increases in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired. A call option
     written by the Portfolio obligates the Portfolio to sell specified
     currency to the holder of the option at a specified price if the option is
     exercised at any time before the expiration date. A put option written by
     the Portfolio would obligate the Portfolio to purchase specified currency
     from the option holder at a specified price if the option is exercised at
     any time before the expiration date.

              A call option written by the Portfolio may be covered by
     segregating assets denominated in the currency on which the call option is
     written. A written call option or put option may also be covered by
     maintaining cash or high grade liquid debt securities (either of which may
     be denominated in any currency) in a segregated account, by entering into
     an offsetting forward contract and/or by purchasing an offsetting option
     or any other option on the same or a related currency and/or by purchasing
     an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise
     price or otherwise, reduces the Portfolio's net exposure on its written
     option position.

              The writing of currency options involves a risk that the
     Portfolio will, upon exercise of the option, be required to sell currency
     subject to a call at a price that is less than the currency's market value
     or be required to purchase currency subject to a put at a price that

                                        B - 6
<PAGE>






     exceeds the currency's market value.

              The Portfolio may terminate its obligations under a call or put
     option by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written. Such
     purchases are referred to as  closing purchase transactions.  The
     Portfolio would also be able to enter into closing sale transactions in
     order to realize gains or minimize losses on options purchased by the
     Portfolio.

              The Portfolio would normally purchase call options in
     anticipation of an increase in the dollar value of currency in which
     securities to be acquired by the Portfolio are denominated. The purchase
     of a call option would entitle the Portfolio, in return for the premium
     paid, to purchase specified currency at a specified price during the
     option period. The Portfolio would ordinarily realize a gain if, during
     the option period, the value of such currency exceeded the sum of the
     exercise price, the premium paid and transaction costs; otherwise the
     Portfolio would realize a loss on the purchase of the call option.

              The Portfolio would normally purchase put options in anticipation
     of a decline in the dollar value of currency in which securities in its
     portfolio ( protective puts ) are denominated. The purchase of a put
     option would entitle the Portfolio, in exchange for the premium paid, to
     sell specified currency at a specified price during the option period. The
     purchase of protective puts is designed merely to offset or hedge against
     a decline in the dollar value of the securities held by the Portfolio due
     to currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Portfolio would ordinarily
     realize a gain if, during the option period, the value of the underlying
     currency decreased below the exercise price sufficiently to cover the
     premium and transaction costs; otherwise the Portfolio would realize a
     loss on the purchase of the put option. Gains and losses on the purchase
     of protective put options would tend to be offset by countervailing
     changes in the value of underlying currency.

     Special Risks Associated With Options on Currency
              An exchange traded options position may be closed out only on an
     options exchange which provides a secondary market for an option of the
     same series. Although the Portfolio will generally purchase or write only
     those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market,
     there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will
     exist for any particular option, or at any particular time. For some
     options no secondary market on an exchange may exist. In such event, it
     might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular
     options, with the result that the Portfolio would have to exercise its
     options in order to realize any profit and would incur transaction costs
     upon the sale of underlying securities pursuant to the exercise of put
     options. If the Portfolio as a covered call option writer is unable to
     effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not
     be able to sell the underlying currency (or security denominated in that
     currency) until the option expires or it delivers the underlying currency
     upon exercise.
        

                                        B - 7
<PAGE>






              Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an
     exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading
     interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an
     exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii)
     trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with
     respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying
     securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal
     operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the
     Options Clearing Corporation (the "OCC") may not at all times be adequate
     to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for
     economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to
     discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of
     options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that
     class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding
     options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of
     trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance
     with their terms.
         
        
                There is no assurance that higher than anticipated trading
     activity or other unforeseen events might not, at times, render certain of
     the facilities of the OCC inadequate, and thereby result in the
     institution by an exchange of special procedures which may interfere with
     the timely execution of customers' orders.
         
        
              The Portfolio may purchase and write over-the-counter options to
     the extent consistent with its limitation on investments in illiquid
     securities, as described in Part A. Trading in over-the-counter options is
     subject to the risk that the other party will be unable or unwilling to
     close-out options purchased or written by the Portfolio. The staff of the
     SEC takes the position that purchased over-the-counter options and assets
     used to cover written over-the-counter options are illiquid securities.
     However, with respect to options written with primary dealers in U.S.
     Government securities or with dealers on the Federal Reserve's approved
     list for foreign exchange dealers pursuant to an agreement requiring a
     closing purchase transaction at a formula price, the amount of illiquid
     securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.
         
        
              The Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign
     currencies. A call option written on a foreign currency by the Portfolio
     is  covered  if the Portfolio owns the underlying foreign currency covered
     by the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that foreign
     currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash
     consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian) upon
     conversion or exchange of other foreign currency held in its portfolio. A
     call option is also covered if the Portfolio has a call on the same
     foreign currency and in the same principal amount as the call written
     where the exercise price of the call held (a) is equal to or less than the
     exercise price of the call written or (b) is greater than the exercise
     price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the Portfolio

                                        B - 8
<PAGE>






     in cash, U.S. Government securities and other high grade liquid debt
     securities in a segregated account with its custodian.
         
              The amount of the premiums which the Portfolio may pay or receive
     may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other
     investment companies, engage in or increase their option purchasing and
     writing activities.

     Futures Contracts
        
              A change in the level of currency exchange rates or interest
     rates may affect the value of the Portfolio's investments (or of
     investments that the Portfolio expects to make). To hedge against such
     changes in rates, the Portfolio may enter into (i) futures contracts for
     the purchase or sale of securities, (ii) futures contracts on securities
     indices; (iii) futures contracts on other financial instruments and
     indices; and (iv) futures contracts on foreign currencies.  A futures
     contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to
     buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a
     designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the
     case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for
     physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract). All futures
     contracts entered into by the Portfolio are traded on U.S. exchanges or
     boards of trade that are licensed and regulated by the Commodity Futures
     Trading Commission ("CFTC") or on foreign exchanges.
         
              Futures Contracts on Securities or Currencies.  A futures
     contract on a security or currency is a binding contractual commitment
     which, if held to maturity, will result in an obligation to make or accept
     delivery, during a particular month, of securities or currency having a
     standardized face value and rate of return or currency. By purchasing
     futures on securities or currency, the Portfolio will legally obligate
     itself to accept delivery of the underlying security or currency and pay
     the agreed price; by selling futures on securities or currency, it will
     legally obligate itself to make delivery of the security or currency
     against payment of the agreed price. Open futures positions on securities
     or currency are valued at the most recent settlement price, unless such
     price does not reflect the fair value of the contract, in which case the
     positions will be valued by or under the direction of the Board of
     Trustees of the Portfolio.

              Positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to
     maturity, but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which
     may result in a profit or a loss. While the Portfolio's futures contracts
     on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, it may instead
     make or take delivery of the underlying securities or currency whenever it
     appears economically advantageous for the Portfolio to do so. A clearing
     corporation associated with the exchange on which futures on securities or
     currency are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase
     will be performed on the settlement date.

              Futures Contracts on Securities Indices.  Futures contracts on

                                        B - 9
<PAGE>






     securities or other indices do not require the physical delivery of
     securities, but merely provide for profits and losses resulting from
     changes in the market value of a contract to be credited or debited at the
     close of each trading day to the respective accounts of the parties to the
     contract. On the contract's expiration date a final cash settlement occurs
     and the futures position is simply closed out. Changes in the market value
     of a particular futures contract reflect changes in the level of the index
     on which the futures contract is based.
        
              Hedging Strategies.  Hedging by use of futures contracts seeks to
     establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the
     effective price, rate of return or currency exchange rate on portfolio
     securities or securities that the Portfolio owns or proposes to acquire.
     The Portfolio may, for example, take a  short  position in the futures
     market by selling futures contracts in order to hedge against an
     anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or
     foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the dollar value of the
     securities held by the Portfolio. Such futures contracts may include
     contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the Portfolio or
     securities with characteristics similar to those of the securities held by
     the Portfolio. Similarly, the Portfolio may sell futures contracts on
     currency in which its securities are denominated or in one currency to
     hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a
     different currency if there is an established historical pattern of
     correlation between the two currencies. If, in the opinion of the
     Investment Adviser, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between
     price trends for the securities held by the Portfolio and futures
     contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or
     other indices, the Portfolio may also enter into such futures contracts as
     part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of
     securities held by Portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of
     such futures contracts, the Investment Adviser will attempt to estimate
     the extent of this difference in volatility based on historical patterns
     and to compensate for it by having the Portfolio enter into a greater or
     lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a
     partial hedge against price changes affecting the securities held by the
     Portfolio. When hedging of this character is successful, any depreciation
     in the value of portfolio securities will substantially be offset by
     appreciation in the value of the futures position.
         
        
              On other occasions, the Portfolio may take a "long" position by
     purchasing such futures contracts.  This would be done, for example, when
     the Portfolio anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities
     when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency
     exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less
     favorable than the prices or rates that are currently available.
         
     Options on Futures Contracts
              The Portfolio may purchase and write call and put options on
     futures contracts which are traded on a United States or foreign exchange
     or board of trade. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the

                                        B - 10
<PAGE>






     right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures
     contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the option
     period. Upon exercise of the option, the writer of the option is obligated
     to convey the appropriate futures position to the holder of the option. If
     an option is exercised on the last trading day before the expiration date
     of the option, a cash settlement will be made in an amount equal to the
     difference between the closing price of the futures contract and the
     exercise price of the option.
        
              The Portfolio may use options on futures contracts for bona fide
     hedging purposes as defined below. If the Portfolio purchases a call (put)
     option on a futures contract it benefits from any increase (decrease) in
     the value of the futures contract, but is subject to the risk of decrease
     (increase) in value of the futures contract. The benefits received are
     reduced by the amount of the premium and transaction costs paid by the
     Portfolio for the option. If market conditions do not favor the exercise
     of the option, the Portfolio's loss is limited to the amount of such
     premium and transaction costs paid by the Portfolio for the option.
         
        
              If the Portfolio writes a call (put) option on a futures
     contract, the Portfolio receives a premium but assumes the risk of a rise
     (decline) in value in the underlying futures contract. If the option is
     not exercised, the Portfolio gains the amount of the premium, which may
     partially offset unfavorable changes due to interest rate or currency
     exchange rate fluctuations in the value of securities held or to be
     acquired for the Portfolio. If the option is exercised, the Portfolio will
     incur a loss, which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it
     receives. However, depending on the degree of correlation between changes
     in the value of its portfolio securities (or the currency in which they
     are denominated) and changes in the value of futures positions, the
     Portfolio's losses from writing options on futures may be partially offset
     by favorable changes in the value of portfolio securities or in the cost
     of securities to be acquired.
         
              The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may
     terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option of
     the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can
     be effected. The Portfolio's ability to establish and close out positions
     on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a
     liquid market.

     Limitations on the Use of Futures Contracts and Options on Futures
     Contracts
        
              The Portfolio will engage in futures and related options
     transactions only for bona fide hedging purposes as defined in or
     permitted by CFTC regulations. The Portfolio will determine that the price
     fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures are
     substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the
     Portfolio or which it expects to purchase. The Portfolio's futures
     transactions will be entered into for traditional hedging purposes -- that

                                        B - 11
<PAGE>






     is, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the
     price of securities (or the currency in which they are denominated) that
     the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the
     Portfolio against an increase in the price of securities (or the currency
     in which they are denominated) it intends to purchase. As evidence of this
     hedging intent, the Portfolio expects that on 75% or more of the occasions
     on which it takes a "long" futures (or option) position (involving the
     purchase of futures contracts), the Portfolio will have purchased, or will
     be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities
     (or assets denominated in the related currency) in the cash market at the
     time when the futures (or option) position is closed out. However, in
     particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for the Portfolio
     to do so, a long futures position may be terminated (or an option may
     expire) without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.
     The Portfolio will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related
     options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the
     requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
     "Code"), for maintaining the qualification of each of the Portfolio's
     investment company investors as a RIC for federal income tax purposes (see
     "Tax Status").
         
              The Portfolio will be required, in connection with transactions
     in futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be held by the Portfolio's custodian for the benefit
     of the futures commission merchant through whom the Portfolio engages in
     such futures and options transactions. Cash or liquid high grade debt
     securities required to be segregated in connection with a  long  futures
     position taken by the Portfolio will also be held by the custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.

     Interest Rate and Currency Swaps
        
              The Portfolio will enter into interest rate swaps only on a net
     basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out with the Portfolio
     receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two
     payments. In contrast, currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the
     entire payment stream in one designated currency in exchange for the
     entire payment stream in the other designated currency. Inasmuch as the
     Portfolio maintains a segregated account with respect to all interest rate
     and currency swaps, the Portfolio and the Investment Adviser believe that
     such obligations do not constitute senior securities (as defined in the
     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act")) and,
     accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to the Portfolio's
     borrowing restrictions. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the
     Portfolio's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each
     interest rate or currency swap will be accrued on a daily basis and an
     amount of cash or liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate
     net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in
     a segregated account by the Portfolio's custodian. The Portfolio will not
     enter into any interest rate or currency swap unless the credit quality of
     the unsecured senior debt or the claims-paying ability of the other party
     thereto is considered to be investment grade by the Investment Adviser. If

                                        B - 12
<PAGE>






     there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Portfolio
     will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the
     transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with
     a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as
     principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a
     result, the swap market has become relatively liquid in comparison with
     the markets for other similar instruments which are traded in the
     interbank market.
         
     Reverse Repurchase Agreements
              The Portfolio may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. Under
     a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio temporarily transfers
     possession of a portfolio instrument to another party, such as a bank or
     broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the Portfolio agrees
     to repurchase the instrument at an agreed upon time (normally within seven
     days) and price, which reflects an interest payment. The Portfolio could
     also enter into reverse repurchase agreements as a means of raising cash
     to satisfy redemption requests without the necessity of selling portfolio
     assets.
        
              When the Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement,
     any fluctuations in the market value of either the securities transferred
     to another party or the securities in which the proceeds may be invested
     would affect the market value of the Portfolio's assets. As a result, such
     transactions may increase fluctuations in the market value of the
     Portfolio's assets. While there is a risk that large fluctuations in the
     market value of the Portfolio's assets could affect the Portfolio's net
     asset value, this risk is not significantly increased by entering into
     reverse repurchase agreements, in the opinion of the Investment Adviser.
     Because reverse repurchase agreements may be considered to be the
     practical equivalent of borrowing funds, they constitute a form of
     leverage. If the Portfolio reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase
     agreement at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement, entering into
     the agreement will lower the yield of an investor in the Portfolio. While
     the Investment Adviser does not consider reverse repurchase agreements to
     involve a traditional borrowing of money, reverse repurchase agreements
     will be included within "borrowings" contained in the Portfolio's
     investment restriction (2) set forth below.
         
              At all times that a reverse repurchase agreement for borrowing
     purposes is outstanding, the Portfolio will maintain cash or high grade
     liquid securities in a segregated account at its custodian bank with a
     value at least equal to its obligation under the agreement. Securities and
     other assets held in the segregated account may not be sold while the
     reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, unless other suitable assets
     are substituted. To the extent that the Portfolio enters into reverse
     repurchase agreements for hedging purposes as described in Part A, the
     Portfolio will not be required to maintain the segregated account
     described above.

     Portfolio Turnover
        

                                        B - 13
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio cannot accurately predict its portfolio turnover
     rate, but it is anticipated that the annual turnover rate will generally
     not exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one
     year or less). A 100% annual turnover rate would occur, for example, if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced in a period of one
     year. A high turnover rate (such as 100% or more) necessarily involves
     greater expenses to the Portfolio and may result in the realization of
     substantial net short-term capital gains. The Portfolio may engage in
     active short-term trading to benefit from yield disparities among
     different issues of securities or among the markets for fixed income
     securities of different countries, to seek short-term profits during
     periods of fluctuating interest rates, or for other reasons. Such trading
     will increase the Portfolio's rate of turnover and may increase the
     incidence of net short-term capital gains allocated to investors in the
     Portfolio.
         
     Investment Restrictions
              The Portfolio has adopted the following investment restrictions,
     which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a
      majority of the outstanding voting securities  of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio present or represented by proxy at a
     meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Portfolio are present or represented at the meeting or
     (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
     The term "voting securities" as used in this paragraph has the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act. The Portfolio may not:

              (1) Purchase any security (other than securities issued or
     guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or
     instrumentalities) if such purchase, at the time thereof, would cause 25%
     or more of the Portfolio's total assets (taken at market value) to be
     invested in the securities of issuers in any single industry; provided,
     that the electric, gas and telephone utility industries shall be treated
     as separate industries for purposes of this restriction;

              (2) Borrow money or issue senior securities except as permitted
     by the Investment Company Act of 1940;

              (3) Purchase securities on margin (but the Portfolio may obtain
     such short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases
     and sales of securities). The deposit or payment by the Portfolio of
     initial, maintenance or variation margin in connection with all types of
     options and futures contract transactions is not considered the purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (4) Underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities of
     others, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an
     underwriter in selling a portfolio security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;

              (5) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and

                                        B - 14
<PAGE>






     sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of
     companies which invest or deal in real estate;

              (6) Purchase or sell physical commodities or futures contracts
     for the purchase or sale of physical commodities; provided, that the
     Portfolio may enter into all types of futures and forward contracts on
     currency, securities and securities, economic and other indices and may
     purchase and sell options on such futures contracts; or

              (7) Make loans to any person, except by (a) the acquisition of
     debt instruments and making portfolio investments, (b) entering into
     repurchase agreements, and (c) lending portfolio securities.

        
              The Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies,
     which may be changed by the Trustees of the Portfolio without the approval
     of the Portfolio's investors. As a matter of nonfundamental policy, the
     Portfolio may not: (a) invest more than 15% of its net assets in
     investments which are not readily marketable, including restricted
     securities and repurchase agreements with a maturity longer than seven
     days. Restricted securities for the purposes of this limitation do not
     include securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the
     Securities Act of 1933 and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section
     4(2) of said Act that the Board of Trustees, or its delegate, determines
     to be liquid; (b) make short sales of securities or maintain a short
     position, unless at all times when a short position is open it owns an
     equal amount of such securities or securities convertible into or
     exchangeable, without payment of any further consideration, for securities
     of the same issue as, and equal in amount to, the securities sold short,
     and unless no more than 25% of its net assets (taken at current value) is
     held as collateral for such sales at any one time. (It is the present
     intention of management to make such sales only for the purpose of
     deferring realization of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes);
     (c) purchase or retain in its portfolio any securities issued by an issuer
     any of whose officers, directors, trustees or security holders is an
     officer or Trustee of the Portfolio or is a member, officer, director or
     trustee of any investment adviser of the Portfolio, if after the purchase
     of the securities of such issuer by the Portfolio one or more of such
     persons owns beneficially more than 1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities
     or both (all taken at market value) of such issuer and such persons owning
     more than 1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially
     more than 5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market
     value); (d) purchase oil, gas or other mineral leases or purchase
     partnership interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or
     development programs; (e) invest more than 5% of its total assets (taken
     at current value) in the securities of issuers which, including their
     predecessors, have been in operation for less than three years; (f)
     purchase put or call options on securities if after such purchase more
     than 5% of its net assets, as measured by the aggregate of the premiums
     paid for such options, would be invested in such options; and (g) purchase
     warrants with a value in excess of 5% of its net assets, or warrants which
     are not listed on the New York or American Stock Exchange with a value in

                                        B - 15
<PAGE>






     excess of 2% of its net assets.  The Portfolio has no current intention
     during the current year of engaging in short sales.
         
        
              In order to permit the sale in certain states of shares of
     certain open-end investment companies which are investors in the
     Portfolio, the Portfolio may make commitments more restrictive than the
     policies described above. Should the Portfolio determine that any such
     commitment is no longer in the best interests of the Portfolio and its
     investors, it will revoke such commitment.
         
     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio

              The Trustees and officers of the Portfolio are listed below.
     Except as indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other
     offices in the same company for the last five years. Unless otherwise
     noted, the business address of each Trustee and officer is 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, which is also the address of the
     Portfolio's investment adviser, Boston Management and Research ("BMR" or
     the "Investment Adviser"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton
     Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"); of Eaton Vance's parent, Eaton Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and of BMR's and Eaton Vance's trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc.
     ("EV"). Eaton Vance and EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC.
     Those Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance, EVC or EV, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of their
     affiliation with any one or more of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk(*).

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President of Dwight Partners, Inc. (a corporate relations and
     communications company) founded in 1988; Chairman of the Board of
     Newspapers of New England, Inc. since 1983.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV, and a Director
     of EVC and EV. Director or Trustee and officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (61), Trustee
     Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking at Harvard University
     Graduate School of Business Administration.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         
        

                                        B - 16
<PAGE>






     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President and Director, United Asset Management Corporation, a holding
     company owning institutional investment management firms. Chairman,
     President and Director, UAM Funds (mutual funds).  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated. Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (66), Trustee
     Investment Adviser and Consultant.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         
                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     MARK VENEZIA (46), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV. Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV. Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV. Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV. Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (33), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since March 1, 1994;
     employee of Eaton Vance since March 1993.  State Regulations Supervisor,
     The Boston Company (1991-1993) and Registration Specialist, Fidelity
     Management & Research Co. (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.

         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary

                                        B - 17
<PAGE>






     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since February 1993; formerly,
     associate attorney at Dechert, Price & Rhoads and Gaston & Snow.  Officer
     of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr.
     Woodbury was elected Assistant Secretary of the Portfolio on June 19,
     1995.
         
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee of the Board of Trustees. The Special Committee's
     functions include a continuous review of the Portfolio's contractual
     relationship with the Investment Adviser, making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of those Trustees who are not members
     of the Eaton Vance organization, and making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding candidates to fill vacancies, as and when they occur,
     in the ranks of those Trustees who are not  interested persons  of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.  

              Messrs. Treynor (Chairman) and Dwight are members of the Audit
     Committee of the Board of Trustees. The Audit Committee's functions
     include making recommendations to the Trustees regarding the selection of
     the independent accountants, and reviewing with such accountants and the
     Treasurer of the Portfolio matters relative to accounting and auditing
     practices and procedures, accounting records, internal accounting
     controls, and the functions performed by the custodian of the Portfolio.
        
              The fees and expenses of those Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not members of the Eaton Vance organization (the noninterested Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.  (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of the Eaton Vance organization receive no compensation from the
     Portfolio).  During the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the
     noninterested Trustees of the Portfolio received the following
     compensation in their capacities as Trustees of the Portfolio, and, during
     the year ended December 31, 1995, earned the following compensation in
     their capacities as Trustees of the funds in the Eaton Vance fund
     complex(1):
         
        
                                           Aggregate        Total Compensation
                                           Compensation     from Portfolio
     Name                                  from Portfolio   and Fund Complex
     ----                                  --------------   -----------------
         
        
     Donald R.
     Dwight                                $2,274(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                             2,298(3)         150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                                 2,300            135,000

     John L.

                                        B - 18
<PAGE>






     Thorndike                              2,397            140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                                2,383            140,000
         
        
     (1)     The Eaton Vance fund complex consists of 219 registered investment
             companies or series thereof.
     (2)     Includes $761 of deferred compensation.
     (3)     Includes $806 of deferred compensation.
     (4)     Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)     Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
        
             Trustees of the Portfolio who are not affiliated with BMR may
     elect to defer receipt of all or a percentage of their annual fees in
     accordance with the terms of a Trustees Deferred Compensation Plan (the
     "Plan").  Under the Plan, an eligible Trustee may elect to have his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or more funds
     in the Eaton Vance Family of Funds, and the amount paid to the Trustees
     under the Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees' fees in accordance with the Plan will
     have a negligible effect on the Portfolio's assets, liabilities, and net
     income per share, and will not obligate the Portfolio to retain the
     services of any Trustee or obligate the Portfolio to pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. The Portfolio does not have a
     retirement plan for its Trustees.
         
             The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that it will
     indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses
     incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved
     because of their offices with the Portfolio, unless, as to liability to
     the Portfolio or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they
     engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in their offices, or unless with respect
     to any other matter it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in
     good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best
     interests of the Portfolio. In the case of settlement, such
     indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a
     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon a review of readily available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in
     wilful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities
        
             As of February 14, 1996, EV Marathon Strategic Income Fund (the
     "Marathon Fund") controlled the Portfolio by virtue of owning
     approximately 99.9% of the value of the outstanding interests in the
     Portfolio. Because the Marathon Fund controls the Portfolio, the Marathon

                                        B - 19
<PAGE>






     Fund may take actions without the approval of any other investor. The
     Marathon Fund has informed the Portfolio that whenever it is requested to
     vote on matters pertaining to the fundamental policies of the Portfolio,
     it will hold a meeting of shareholders and will cast its vote as
     instructed by its shareholders. It is anticipated that any other investor
     in the Portfolio which is an investment company registered under the 1940
     Act would follow the same or a similar practice. The Marathon Fund is a
     series of Eaton Vance Mutual Funds Trust, an open-end management
     investment company organized as a business trust under the laws of the
     Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
         
     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
             Investment Adviser.  The Portfolio engages BMR as its investment
     adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated March 1, 1994.
     BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment companies and
     various individual and institutional clients with combined assets under
     management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
             BMR manages the investments and affairs of the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of Trustees. BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio investment research, advice and supervision, furnishes an
     investment program and will determine what securities will be purchased,
     held or sold by the Portfolio and what portion, if any, of the Portfolio's
     assets will be held uninvested. The Investment Advisory Agreement requires
     BMR to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the
     Portfolio who are members of the BMR organization and all personnel of BMR
     performing services relating to research and investment activities. The
     Portfolio is responsible for all expenses not expressly stated to be
     payable by BMR under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the Portfolio and
     continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Portfolio under the
     1940 Act, (iii) commissions, fees and other expenses connected with the
     acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental fees, (vii) expenses of issue, sale and redemption of
     interests in the Portfolio, (viii) expenses of registering and qualifying
     the Portfolio and interests in the Portfolio under federal and state
     securities laws and of preparing and printing registration statements or
     other offering statements or memoranda for such purposes and for
     distributing the same to investors, and fees and expenses of registering
     and maintaining registrations of the Portfolio and of the Portfolio's
     placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state securities laws,
     (ix) expenses of reports and notices to investors and of meetings of
     investors and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of reports to
     governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses, (xii)
     association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements of
     custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Portfolio (including
     without limitation safekeeping for funds, securities and other
     investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of
     net asset values, book capital account balances and tax capital account

                                        B - 20
<PAGE>






     balances), (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents,
     dividend disbursing agents, investor servicing agents and registrars for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges to investors approved by the Trustees
     of the Portfolio, (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the
     Portfolio who are not members of the BMR organization, and (xvii) such
     non-recurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in
     connection with litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of
     the Portfolio to indemnify its Trustees, officers and investors with
     respect thereto.
         
        
             For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays BMR
     under the Investment Advisory Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"
     in Part A.  As at October 31, 1995, the Portfolio had net assets of
     $152,583,289.  For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of $992,620 (equivalent to 0.55% of the Portfolio's
     average daily net assets for such year).  For the period from the start of
     business, March 1, 1994, to October 31, 1994, the Portfolio paid BMR
     advisory fees of $1,004,670 (equivalent to 0.49% (annualized) of the
     Portfolio's average daily net assets for such period).
         
        
             The Investment Advisory Agreement with BMR remains in effect until
     February 28, 1997. It may be continued indefinitely thereafter so long as
     such continuance after February 28, 1997 is approved at least annually (i)
     by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio who are not
     interested persons of the Portfolio or of the Investment Adviser cast in
     person at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such
     approval and (ii) by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio or by vote of
     a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. The
     Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty on sixty (60)
     days' written notice by the Board of Trustees of either party, or by vote
     of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement provides that the Investment Adviser may render services to
     others and engage in other business activities and may permit other fund
     clients and other corporations and organizations to use the words  Eaton
     Vance  or  Boston Management and Research  in their names. The Agreement
     also provides that the Investment Adviser shall not be liable for any loss
     incurred in connection with the performance of its duties, or action taken
     or omitted under that Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance,
     bad faith, gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason
     of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder, or for
     any losses sustained in the acquisition, holding or disposition of any
     security or other investment.
         
        
             The Portfolio has also engaged BMR to act as its Administrator
     under an Administration Agreement.  The Administration Agreement with BMR
     remains in effect until February 28, 1997 and shall continue in full force
     and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such continuance

                                        B - 21
<PAGE>






     is approved at least annually (i) by the Trustees of the Portfolio and
     (ii) by the vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not interested persons of the Portfolio or of the Administrator.  Under
     the Administration Agreement, BMR is obligated to (a) review and supervise
     the provision of all domestic and foreign custodial services to the
     Portfolio, and to make such reports and recommendations to the Board of
     Trustees of the Portfolio concerning the provision of such services as the
     Board deems appropriate; (b) provide to the Portfolio certain valuation,
     legal, accounting and tax assistance and services in connection with the
     Portfolio's (i) investments in (A) securities, obligations and commercial
     paper that are denominated in foreign currencies or the European Currency
     Unit ("ECU"), or that are issued or guaranteed by foreign entities, (B)
     certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances issued or guaranteed by,
     or time deposits maintained at, foreign banks or foreign branches of U.S.
     banks, and (C) participation interests in loans by U.S. or foreign banks
     that are made to foreign borrowers or that are denominated in foreign
     currencies or the ECU; and (ii) transactions in derivative instruments,
     including instruments indexed to foreign exchange rates, forward foreign
     currency exchange contracts, put and call options on foreign currencies,
     futures contracts and options on such contracts, and interest rate and
     currency swaps; and (c) provide to the Portfolio such other special
     administrative services as the Board from time to time shall instruct BMR
     to furnish under the Administration Agreement.  In return for these
     special services, the Portfolio pays BMR as compensation under the
     Administration Agreement a monthly fee in the amount of .0125% (equivalent
     to .15% annually) of the average daily net assets of the Portfolio.  For
     the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid BMR
     administration fees of $273,545.  For the period from the start of
     business, March 1, 1994, to October 31, 1994, the Portfolio paid BMR
     administration fees of $284,828.
         
        
             The Portfolio will be responsible for all costs and expenses not
     expressly stated to be payable by BMR under the Administration Agreement. 
     Such costs and expenses to be borne by the Portfolio include, without
     limitation, the fees and expenses of the Portfolio's custodian and
     transfer agent, including those incurred for determining the Portfolio's
     net asset value and keeping the Portfolio's books; expenses of pricing and
     valuation services; membership dues in investment company organizations;
     brokerage commissions and fees; registration of the Portfolio under the
     1940 Act; expenses of reports to investors, proxy statements, and other
     expenses of investor's meetings; insurance premiums; printing and mailing
     expenses; interest, taxes and governmental fees; legal and accounting
     expenses; compensation and expenses of Trustees not affiliated with BMR;
     and investment advisory and administration fees.  The Portfolio will also
     bear expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which the
     Portfolio is a party and the legal obligation the Portfolio may have to
     indemnify its officers and Trustees with respect thereto.
         
        
             BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance. Eaton Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC. BMR and Eaton Vance are both

                                        B - 22
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance. The Directors of EV are Landon T. Clay, H. Day Brigham, Jr., M.
     Dozier Gardner, James B. Hawkes and Benjamin A. Rowland, Jr. The Directors
     of EVC consist of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph Z.
     Sorenson. Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is president and chief
     executive officer of EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV. All of the issued and
     outstanding shares of Eaton Vance and EV are owned by EVC. All of the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance. All shares
     of the outstanding Voting Common Stock of EVC are deposited in a Voting
     Trust which expires on December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which are
     Messrs. Clay, Brigham, Gardner, Hawkes and Rowland. The Voting Trustees
     have unrestricted voting rights for the election of Directors of EVC. All
     of the outstanding voting trust receipts issued under said Voting Trust
     are owned by certain of the officers of BMR and Eaton Vance who are also
     officers and Directors of EVC and EV. As of January 31, 1996, Messrs.
     Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust receipts, and
     Messrs. Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively, of such
     voting trust receipts. Messrs. Hawkes and Otis are officers or Trustees of
     the Portfolio and are members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV
     organizations. Messrs. Murphy, O'Connor, Woodbury and Venezia and Ms.
     Sanders are officers of the Portfolio and are members of the BMR, Eaton
     Vance and EV organizations.  BMR will receive the fees paid under the
     Investment Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement.
         
        
             Eaton Vance owns all of the stock of Energex Energy Corporation,
     which is engaged in oil and gas operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc., which is engaged in real
     estate investment, consulting and management.  EVC owns all of the stock
     of Fulcrum Management, Inc. and MinVen Inc., which are engaged in the
     development of precious metal properties.  EVC also owns 24% of the Class
     A shares of Lloyd George Management (B.V.I.) Limited, a registered
     investment adviser.  EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and EV may also enter into
     other businesses.
         

             EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from time
     to time have transactions with various banks, including the custodian of
     the Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company. It is Eaton Vance's opinion
     that the terms and conditions of such transactions were not and will not
     be influenced by existing or potential custodial or other relationships
     between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
             Custodian.  Investors Bank & Trust Company ( IBT ), 89 South
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts, acts as custodian for the Portfolio. IBT
     has the custody of all of the Portfolio's assets, maintains the general
     ledger of the Portfolio, and computes the daily net asset value of
     interests in the Portfolio. In such capacity it attends to details in
     connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, transfer or other
     dealings with the Portfolio's investments, receives and disburses all
     funds and performs various other ministerial duties upon receipt of proper
     instructions from the Portfolio. IBT charges custody fees which are

                                        B - 23
<PAGE>






     competitive within the industry.  The fees for the Portfolio relate to (1)
     bookkeeping and valuation services provided at an annual rate, (2)
     activity charges based upon the volume of investment related transactions,
     and (3) reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses.  These fees are then
     reduced by a credit for cash balances of the Portfolio at the custodian
     equal to 75% of the 91-day, U.S. Treasury Bill auction rate applied to the
     Portfolio's average daily collected balances.  Landon T. Clay, a Director
     of EVC and an officer, Trustee or Director of other entities in the Eaton
     Vance organization, owns approximately 13% of the voting stock of
     Investors Financial Services Corp., the holding company parent of IBT. 
     Management believes that such ownership does not create an affiliated
     person relationship between the Portfolio and IBT under the 1940 Act. For
     the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid IBT $134,894
     for its services as custodian.  
         
             Independent Accountants.  Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., One Post
     Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, are the independent
     accountants for the Portfolio, providing audit services, tax return
     preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the
     preparation of filings with the SEC.

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

             Decisions concerning the execution of portfolio security
     transactions, including the selection of the market and the executing
     firm, are made by BMR.  BMR is also responsible for the execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.
        
             BMR places the portfolio security transactions of the Portfolio
     and of all other accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. BMR
     uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio security
     transactions at prices which are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being
     charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates. In seeking such
     execution, BMR will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a
     transaction, and will give consideration to various relevant factors,
     including without limitation the size and type of the transaction, the
     general execution and operational capabilities of the executing firm, the
     nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, 
     the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the
     firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this
     and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or
     commission, if any.  The debt securities and obligations purchased and
     sold by the Portfolio are generally traded in the domestic or foreign
     over-the-counter markets on a net basis (i.e., without commission) through
     broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account rather than as
     brokers, or otherwise involve transactions directly with the issuer of
     such obligations.  Such firms attempt to profit from such transactions by
     buying at the bid price and selling at the higher asked price of the
     market for such obligations, and the difference between the bid and asked
     prices is customarily referred to as the spread.  The Portfolio may also

                                        B - 24
<PAGE>






     purchase debt securities from domestic and foreign underwriters, the cost
     of which may include undisclosed fees and concessions to the underwriters. 
     Transactions in foreign obligations usually involve the payment of fixed
     brokerage commissions when executed on foreign securities exchanges, which
     commissions are generally higher than those in the United States. 
     Although commissions on portfolio security transactions will, in the
     judgment of BMR, be reasonable in relation to the value of the services
     provided, commissions exceeding those which another firm might charge may
     be paid to firms who were selected to execute transactions on behalf of
     the Portfolio and BMR's other clients for providing brokerage and research
     services to BMR.
         
        
             As authorized in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, a broker or dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that
     transaction if BMR determines in good faith that such commission was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided. This determination may be made either on the basis of that
     particular transaction or on the basis of overall responsibilities which
     BMR and its affiliates have for accounts over which they exercise
     investment discretion. In making any such determination, BMR will not
     attempt to place a specific dollar value on the brokerage and research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should be
     related to such services. Brokerage and research services may include
     advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in,
     purchasing, or selling securities, and the availability of securities or
     purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports
     concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
     portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; effecting securities
     transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
     clearance and settlement); and the  Research Services  referred to in the
     next paragraph.
         
             It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and of
     the advisers of investment companies, institutions and other investors to
     receive research, statistical and quotation services, data, information
     and other services, products and materials which assist such advisers in
     the performance of their investment responsibilities ( Research Services )
     from broker-dealer firms which execute portfolio transactions for the
     clients of such advisers and from third parties with which such
     broker-dealers have arrangements. Consistent with this practice, BMR
     receives Research Services from many broker-dealer firms with which BMR
     places the Portfolio's transactions and from third parties with which
     these broker-dealers have arrangements. These Research Services include
     such matters as general economic and market reviews, industry and company
     reviews, evaluations of securities and portfolio strategies and
     transactions and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and other portfolio transactions, financial, industry and trade
     publications, news and information services, pricing and quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented computer hardware, software,

                                        B - 25
<PAGE>






     data bases and services. Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a broker-dealer may be used by BMR in connection with client accounts
     other than those accounts which pay commissions to such broker-dealer. Any
     such Research Service may be broadly useful and of value to BMR in
     rendering investment advisory services to all or a significant portion of
     its clients, or may be relevant and useful for the management of only one
     client's account or of a few clients' accounts, or may be useful for the
     management of merely a segment of certain clients' accounts, regardless of
     whether any such account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer
     through which such Research Service was obtained. The advisory fee paid by
     the Portfolio is not reduced because BMR receives such Research Services.
     BMR evaluates the nature and quality of the various Research Services
     obtained through broker-dealer firms and attempts to allocate sufficient
     commissions to such firms to ensure the continued receipt of Research
     Services which BMR believes are useful or of value to it in rendering
     investment advisory services to its clients.
        
             Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek to execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices and
     at reasonably competitive spreads or commission rates, BMR is authorized
     to consider as a factor in the selection of any firm with whom portfolio
     orders may be placed the fact that such firm has sold or is selling
     securities of other investment companies sponsored by BMR or Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., which rule provides that no firm which is a
     member of the Association shall favor or disfavor the distribution of
     shares of any particular investment company or group of investment
     companies on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected by
     such firm from any source.
         
             Securities considered as investments for the Portfolio may also be
     appropriate for other investment accounts managed by BMR or its
     affiliates.  BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions among the Portfolio and the portfolios of its other
     investment accounts whenever decisions are made to purchase or sell
     securities by the Portfolio and one or more of such other accounts
     simultaneously. In making such allocations, the main factors to be
     considered are the respective investment objectives of the Portfolio and
     such other accounts, the relative size of portfolio holdings of the same
     or comparable securities, the availability of cash for investment by the
     Portfolio and such accounts, the size of investment commitments generally
     held by the Portfolio and such accounts and the opinions of the persons
     responsible for recommending investments to the Portfolio and such
     accounts. While this procedure could have a detrimental effect on the
     price or amount of the securities available to the Portfolio from time to
     time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the Portfolio that the benefits
     available from the BMR organization outweigh any disadvantage that may
     arise from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
        
             For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, the Portfolio paid
     brokerage commissions of $11,700 with respect to portfolio transactions. 
     Of this amount, approximately $11,357 was paid in respect of portfolio

                                        B - 26
<PAGE>






     security transactions aggregating approximately $148,774,532 to firms that
     provided some Research Services to the BMR organization.  For the period
     from the start of business, March 1, 1994, to October 31, 1994, the
     Portfolio paid foreign brokerage commissions on its portfolio security
     transactions amounting to $6,875.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

             Under the Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio. Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata in distributions of taxable income, loss, gain and
     credit of the Portfolio. Upon dissolution of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate the assets of the Portfolio and apply and distribute the
     proceeds thereof as follows: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and
     obligations of the Portfolio to third parties including, without
     limitation, the retirement of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of record of interests in the Portfolio ( Holders ) or their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any
     reserves for contingencies which may be necessary; and (b) second, then in
     accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book Capital Accounts for certain allocations provided in the
     Declaration of Trust and in accordance with the requirements described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2). Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the assets of the Portfolio would cause undue loss to the
     Holders, the Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having
     given notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited
     by the law of any jurisdiction in which the Portfolio is then formed or
     qualified and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the
     Portfolio except those necessary to satisfy the Portfolio's debts and
     obligations or distribute the Portfolio's assets to the Holders in
     liquidation. Interests in the Portfolio have no preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and are fully paid and nonassessable, except
     as set forth below. Interests in the Portfolio may not be transferred.
     Certificates representing an investor's interest in the Portfolio are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

             Each Holder is entitled to vote in proportion to the amount of its
     interest in the Portfolio. Holders do not have cumulative voting rights.
     The Portfolio is not required and has no current intention to hold annual
     meetings of Holders but the Portfolio will hold meetings of Holders when
     in the judgment of the Portfolio's Trustees it is necessary or desirable
     to submit matters to a vote of Holders at a meeting. Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50% of all interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of the Declaration
     of Trust of the Portfolio) consent to the action in writing and the
     consents are filed with the records of meetings of Holders.
        
             The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust may be amended by vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all interests in the Portfolio at any meeting

                                        B - 27
<PAGE>






     of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50%
     of all interests. The Trustees may also amend the Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law, to
     supply any omission or cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision, to conform the Declaration of Trust
     to applicable federal law or regulations or to the requirements of the
     Code, or to change, modify or rescind any provision, provided that such
     change, modification or rescission is determined by the Trustees to be
     necessary or appropriate and not to have a materially adverse effect on
     the financial interests of the Holders. No amendment of the Declaration of
     Trust which would change any rights with respect to any Holder's interest
     in the Portfolio by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation
     of the Portfolio may be made, except with the vote or consent of the
     Holders of two-thirds of all interests. References in the Declaration of
     Trust and in Part A or this Part B to a specified percentage of, or
     fraction of, interests in the Portfolio, means Holders whose combined Book
     Capital Account balances represent such specified percentage or fraction
     of the combined Book Capital Account balance of all, or a specified group
     of, Holders.
         
             In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, there normally will
     be no meetings of the investors for the purpose of electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by investors.  In such an event, the Trustees of
     the Portfolio then in office will call an investors' meeting for the
     election of Trustees.  Except for the foregoing circumstances, and unless
     removed by action of the investors in accordance with the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may
     appoint successor Trustees.
        
             The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors holding two-thirds of the outstanding interests have
     removed him from that office either by a written declaration filed with
     the Portfolio's custodian or by votes cast at a meeting called for that
     purpose.  The Declaration of Trust further provides that under certain
     circumstances, the investors may call a meeting to remove a Trustee and
     that the Portfolio is required to provide assistance in communicating with
     investors about such a meeting.
         
             The Portfolio may merge or consolidate with any other corporation,
     association, trust or other organization or may sell or exchange all or
     substantially all of its assets upon such terms and conditions and for
     such consideration when and as authorized by the Holders of (a) 67% or
     more of the interests in the Portfolio present or represented at the
     meeting of Holders, if Holders of more than 50% of all interests are
     present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all interests,
     whichever is less. The Portfolio may be terminated (i) by the affirmative
     vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests at any
     meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting,
     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by Holders of not

                                        B - 28
<PAGE>






     less than two-thirds of all interests, or (ii) by the Trustees by written
     notice to the Holders.
        
             The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York. Investors in the Portfolio will be held personally liable for
     its obligations and liabilities, subject, however, to indemnification by
     the Portfolio in the event that there is imposed upon an investor a
     greater portion of the liabilities and obligations of the Portfolio than
     its proportionate interest in the Portfolio. The Portfolio intends to
     maintain fidelity and errors and omissions insurance deemed adequate by
     the Trustees. Therefore, the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
             The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities

             Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any  public offering  within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. See  Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio  and  Redemption or Decrease of Interest  in Part A.
        
             Debt securities (other than mortgage-backed, "pass-through"
     securities and short-term obligations maturing in sixty days or less),
     including listed securities and securities for which price quotations are
     available and forward contracts, will normally be valued on the basis of
     market valuations furnished by pricing services.  Mortgage-backed "pass-
     through" securities are valued using a matrix pricing system which takes
     into account closing bond valuations, yield differentials, anticipated
     prepayments and interest rates.  Financial futures contracts listed on
     commodity exchanges and exchange-traded options are valued at closing
     settlement prices.  Over-the-counter options are valued at the mean
     between the bid and asked prices provided by dealers.  Short-term
     obligations and money market securities maturing in sixty days or less are
     valued at amortized cost which approximates value.  Non-U.S. dollar
     denominated short-term obligations maturing in sixty days or less are
     valued at amortized cost as calculated in the base currency and translated
     into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate.  Investments for which
     market quotations are unavailable are valued at fair value using methods
     determined in good faith by or at the direction of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio.
         
        
             The value of all assets and liabilities expressed in foreign

                                        B - 29
<PAGE>






     currencies will be converted into U.S. dollar values at the mean between
     the buying and selling rates of such currencies against U.S. dollars last
     quoted on one of the principal markets for such currencies.  Generally,
     trading in foreign securities, derivative instruments and currencies is
     substantially completed each day at various times prior to the time the
     Portfolio calculates its net asset value.  If an event materially
     affecting the values of such securities, instruments or currencies occurs
     between the time such values are determined and the time net asset value
     is calculated, such securities, instruments or currencies may be valued at
     fair value.
         
     Item 20.  Tax Status

             The Portfolio has been advised by tax counsel that, provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and operational documents, the Portfolio should be
     classified as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a  publicly traded partnership 
     within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code. Consequently, the
     Portfolio does not expect that it will be required to pay any federal
     income tax, and a Holder will be required to take into account in
     determining its federal income tax liability its share of the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses and deductions.
        
             Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity, depending upon
     the factual and legal context in which the question arises. Under the
     aggregate approach, each partner is treated as an owner of an undivided
     interest in partnership assets and operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated as a separate entity in which partners have no
     direct interest in partnership assets and operations. The Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that, in the case of a Holder that seeks to
     qualify as a RIC, the aggregate approach should apply, and each such
     Holder should accordingly be deemed to own a proportionate share of each
     of the assets of the Portfolio and to be entitled to the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that share for purposes of all requirements
     of Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5) of the Code.  Further, the Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that each Holder that seeks to qualify as a
     RIC should be deemed to hold its proportionate share of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the Portfolio has held the assets or for the period
     the Holder has been an investor in the Portfolio, whichever is shorter.
     Investors should consult their tax advisors regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to their investment in the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax status and any special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
             In order to enable a Holder that is otherwise eligible to qualify
     as a RIC, the Portfolio intends to satisfy the requirements of Subchapter
     M of the Code relating to sources of income and diversification of assets
     as if they were applicable to the Portfolio and to allocate and permit
     withdrawals in a manner that will enable a Holder that is a RIC to comply
     with those requirements. The Portfolio will allocate at least annually to

                                        B - 30
<PAGE>






     each Holder such Holder's distributive share of the Portfolio's net
     investment income, net realized capital gains, and any other items of
     income, gain, loss, deduction or credit in a manner intended to comply
     with the Code and applicable Treasury regulations. Tax counsel has advised
     the Portfolio that the Portfolio's allocations of taxable income and loss
     should have "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.

             To the extent the cash proceeds of any withdrawal (or, under
     certain circumstances, such proceeds plus the value of any marketable
     securities distributed to an investor) ("liquid proceeds") exceed a
     Holder's adjusted basis of his interest in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally realize a gain for federal income tax purposes. If, upon a
     complete withdrawal (redemption of the entire interest), the Holder's
     adjusted basis of his interest exceeds the liquid proceeds of such
     withdrawal, the Holder will generally realize a loss for federal income
     tax purposes.  The tax consequences of a withdrawal of property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific factual circumstances.  A Holder's adjusted basis of an
     interest in the Portfolio will generally be the aggregate prices paid
     therefor (including the adjusted basis of contributed property and any
     gain recognized on such contribution), increased by the amounts of the
     Holder's distributive share of items of income (including interest income
     exempt from federal income tax) and realized net gain of the Portfolio,
     and reduced, but not below zero, by (i) the amounts of the Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest income exempt from
     federal income tax and cash distributions on withdrawals from the
     Portfolio) and the basis to the Holder of any property received by such
     Holder other than in liquidation, and (iii) the Holder's distributive
     share of the Portfolio's nondeductible expenditures not properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities may also result in corresponding increases
     or decreases in such adjusted basis.  Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess of a Holder's adjusted basis in its interest in the Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.

             The Portfolio may acquire zero coupon or other securities issued
     with original issue discount.  As the holder of those securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the original issue discount that accrues on the
     securities during the taxable year, even if it receives no corresponding
     payment on the securities during the year.  Because each Holder that is a
     RIC must distribute annually substantially all of its investment company
     taxable income and net tax-exempt income, including any original issue
     discount, to qualify for treatment as a RIC, any such Holder may be
     required in a particular year to distribute as an "exempt-interest
     dividend" an amount that is greater than its proportionate share of the
     total amount of cash the Portfolio actually receives.  Those distributions
     will be made from the Holder's cash assets, if any, or from its
     proportionate share of the Portfolio's cash assets or the proceeds of
     sales of the Portfolio's securities, if necessary.  The Portfolio may
     realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or

                                        B - 31
<PAGE>






     decrease the investment company taxable income and/or net capital gain
     (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital
     loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains may be
     realized on the disposition of securities held for less than three months. 
     Because of the Short-Short Limitation (defined below), any such gains
     would reduce the Portfolio's ability to sell other securities, or options
     or futures contracts, held for less than three months that it might wish
     to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.

             The appropriate tax accounting for dollar rolls is also uncertain
     in some respects, and the Portfolio's use of such rolls may accordingly be
     limited in order to preserve an investor's qualification as a RIC.
        
             Investments in lower-rated or unrated securities may present
     special tax issues for the Portfolio and hence to an investor in the
     Portfolio to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely
     with respect to such securities. Tax rules are not entirely clear about
     issues such as when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on
     obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income;
     and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are
     taxable.
         
        
             The Portfolio may be subject to foreign withholding or other
     foreign taxes with respect to income (possibly including, in some cases,
     capital gains) derived from foreign securities. These taxes may be reduced
     or eliminated under the terms of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty. 
     Because it is expected that more than 50% of the value of the total assets
     of the Portfolio at the close of any taxable year will consist of
     securities issued by foreign corporations, an investor that is a RIC may
     be eligible to pass through to its shareholders their proportionate shares
     of foreign taxes paid by the Portfolio and allocated to the RIC, with the
     result that shareholders would include such proportionate shares in income
     subject to federal income tax and would be entitled to take a foreign tax
     credit or deduction for such foreign taxes, subject to certain
     limitations. Certain foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the
     Portfolio and allocated to the RIC will be treated as ordinary income and
     losses. Certain uses of foreign currency, foreign currency options,
     futures and forward contracts, and interest rate and currency swaps, and
     investment by the Portfolio in certain  passive foreign investment
     companies , may be limited or a tax election may be made, if available, in
     order to enable an investor that is a RIC to preserve its qualification as
     a RIC or to avoid imposition of a tax on such an investor.
         
        
             The Portfolio's transactions in options, futures contracts and
     forward contracts will be subject to special tax rules that may affect the
     amount, timing and character of its items of income, gain or loss and
     hence the allocations of such items to investors. For example, certain
     positions held by the Portfolio on the last business day of each taxable

                                        B - 32
<PAGE>






     year will be marked to market (i.e., treated as if closed out on such
     day), and any resulting gain or loss will generally be treated as 60%
     long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss. Certain positions held
     by the Portfolio that substantially diminish the Portfolio's risk of loss
     with respect to other positions in its portfolio may constitute
      straddles,  which are subject to tax rules that may cause deferral of
     Portfolio losses, adjustments in the holding period of Portfolio
     securities and conversion of short-term into long-term capital losses. 
     The Portfolio may make certain elections to mitigate adverse consequences
     of these tax rates and may have to limit its activities in options,
     futures contracts and forward contracts in order to enable an investor
     that is a RIC to preserve its qualification as a RIC.
         
             Income from transactions in options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least 90% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of specified types of income.  However, income from the dispo-
     sition by the Portfolio of options and futures contracts held for less
     than three months will be subject to the requirement applicable to those
     Holders that less than 30% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").

             If the Portfolio satisfies certain requirements, any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether realized or not) of the offsetting hedging
     position during the period of the hedge for purposes of determining
     whether the Holders that are RICs satisfy the Short-Short Limitation. 
     Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the designated hedge will be
     included in gross income for purposes of that limitation.  The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify, it
     may be forced to defer the closing out of options and futures contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.

               An entity that is treated as a partnership under the Code, such
     as the Portfolio, is generally treated as a partnership under state and
     local tax laws, but certain states may have different entity
     classification criteria and may therefore reach a different conclusion.
     Entities that are classified as partnerships are not treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state and local tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered to be income of partners both in timing and in
     character. The laws of the various states and local taxing authorities
     vary with respect to the status of a partnership interest under state and
     local tax laws, and each holder of an interest in the Portfolio is advised
     to consult his own tax adviser.

               The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules
     applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and financial institutions. Investors should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in

                                        B - 33
<PAGE>






     their particular situations, as well as the state, local or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     Item 21.  Underwriters

             The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance Distributors,
     Inc., which receives no compensation for serving in this capacity.
     Investment companies, common and commingled trust funds and similar
     organizations and entities may continuously invest in the Portfolio.

     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

             Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements
        
             The following audited financial statements of the Portfolio, which
     are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon Strategic
     Income Fund, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, are incorporated
     by reference into this Part B and have been so incorporated in reliance
     upon the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, as
     experts in accounting and auditing.
         
              
                     Portfolio of Investments as of October 31, 1995
         
        
                     Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of October 31, 1995
         
        
                     Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended October
                     31, 1995
         
        
                     Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the fiscal year
                     ended October 31, 1995, and for the period from the start
                     of business, March 1, 1994, to October 31, 1994
         
        
                     Supplementary Data for the fiscal year ended October 31,
                     1995, and for the period from the start of business, March
                     1, 1994, to October 31, 1994
         
                     Notes to Financial Statements 

                     Report of Independent Accountants
        
             For purposes of the EDGAR filing of this amendment to the
     Portfolio's registration statement, the Portfolio incorporates by
     reference the above audited financial statements of the Portfolio
     contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of EV Marathon Strategic
     Income Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995, as previously

                                        B - 34
<PAGE>






     filed electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission
     (Accession Number 0000928816-96-000014).
         


















































                                        B - 35
<PAGE>






                                     APPENDIX A

                         Description of Securities Ratings(1)

     Description of Moody's Investors Service, Inc.'s corporate bond ratings:

     Aaa:  Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as  gilt edged.  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
     visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa:  Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
     standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
     known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds
     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuations of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there
     may be other elements present which make the long-term risk appear
     somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

     A:  Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving
     security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements
     may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in
     the future.

     Baa:  Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest
     payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
     unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba:  Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
     their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of
     interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well
     safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty
     of position characterizes bonds in this class.

     B:  Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
     desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
     maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time
     may be small.

     Caa:  Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be
     in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
     principal or interest.

     Ca:  Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative

                                        a - 1
<PAGE>






     in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C:  Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
     issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Note:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 in each generic
     rating classification from Aa through B in its corporated bond rating
     system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end
     of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Short-Term Debt

     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in
     excess of one year.

     Issuers rated Prime-1 or P-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following
     characteristics:

             -- Leading market positions in well established industries.

             -- High rates of return on funds employed.

             -- Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on
             debt and ample asset protection.

             -- Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges
             and high internal cash generation.

             -- Well established access to a range of financial markets and
             assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Issuers rated Prime-2 or P-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a
     lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be
     more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still
     appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Description of Standard & Poor's Ratings Group's corporate bond ratings:

     Investment Grade

     AAA:  Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

                                        a - 2
<PAGE>






     AA:  Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
     principal and differs from the higher rated issues only in small degree.

     A:  Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated
     categories.

     BBB:  Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate
     protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for debt in
     higher rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
     repay principal. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the
     highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB:  Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
     speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
     exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
     could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
     payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.

     B: Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
     the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

     The B rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt
     that is assigned an actual or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
     conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

     The CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt
     that is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt

                                        a - 3
<PAGE>






     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating. The C rating may
     be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating C1 is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even
     if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's
     believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D
     rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt
     service payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
     major rating categories.

     NR: Bonds may lack a S&P's rating because no public rating has been
     requested, because there is insufficient information on which to base a
     rating, or because Standard & Poor's does not rate a particular type of
     obligation as a matter of policy.

     Commercial Paper

     A: S&P's commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood
     of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A-1: This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding
     timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely
     strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign
     designation.

     A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
     satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for
     issues designated  A-1 .

     A-3: Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
     payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of
     changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher
     designations.

     Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
     quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
     and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit

                                        a - 4
<PAGE>






     quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is very
     strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated  AAA . Because bonds
     rated in the  AAA  and  AA  categories are not significantly vulnerable to
     foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is
     generally rated  F-1+ .

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The
     obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be
     strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
     quality. The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and
     circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
     bonds, and therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.


     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB: Bonds are considered speculative. The obligor's ability to pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
     changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this class are
     currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued
     timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited
     margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not
     remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations requires an
     advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds are minimally protected. Default in payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default of interest and/or principal
     payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the
     basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of
     the obligor.  DDD  represents the highest potential for recovery on these
     bonds, and  D  represents the lowest potential for recovery.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to C may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to indicate the relative position of a
     credit within the rating category.


                                        a - 5
<PAGE>






     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on
     demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years,
     including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating are
     regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

     F-1: Very Strong Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
      F-1+ .

     F-2: Good Credit Quality. Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the  F-1+  and  F-1  categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality. Issues assigned this rating have characteristics
     suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate;
     however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be
     rated below investment grade.

     Duff & Phelps

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Highest credit quality. The risk factors are negligible, being only
     slightly more than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.

     AA+, AA, and AA-: High credit quality. Protection factors are strong. Risk
     is modest but may vary slightly from time to time because of economic
     conditions.

     A+, A, and A-: Protection factors are average but adequate. However, risk
     factors are more variable and greater in periods of economic stress.

     BBB+, BBB, and BBB-: Below average protection factors but still considered
     sufficient for prudent investment. Considerable variability in risk during
     economic cycles.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB+, BB, and BB-: Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet
     obligations when due. Present or prospective financial protection factors
     fluctuate according to industry conditions or company fortunes. Overall
     quality may move up or down frequently within this category.

                                        a - 6
<PAGE>






     B+, B, and B-: Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations
     will not be met when due. Financial protection factors will fluctuate
     widely according to economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company
     fortunes. Potential exists for frequent changes in the rating within this
     category or into a higher or lower rating grade.

     CCC: Well below investment grade securities. Considerable uncertainty
     exists as to timely payment of principal interest or preferred dividends.
     Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
     economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company
     developments.

     Preferred stocks are rated on the same scale as bonds but the preferred
     rating gives weight to its more junior position in the capital structure.
     Structured Financings are also rated on this scale.

     Commercial Paper/Certificates of Deposit

     Category 1: Top Grade

     Duff 1 plus: Highest certainty of timely payment. Short-term liquidity
     including internal operating factors and/or ready access to alternative
     sources of funds, is outstanding, and safety is just below risk-free U.S.
     Treasury short-term obligations.

     Duff 1: Very high certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
     excellent and supported by good fundamental protection factors. Risk
     factors are minor.

     Duff 1 minus: High certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors are
     strong and supported by good fundamental protections factors. Risk factors
     are very small.

     Category 2: Good Grade

     Duff 2: Good certainty of timely payment. Liquidity factors and company
     fundamentals are sound. Although ongoing funding needs may enlarge total
     financing requirements, access to capital markets is good. Risk factors
     are small.

     Category 3: Satisfactory Grade

     Duff 3: Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify issue
     as to investment grade. Risk factors are larger and subject to more
     variation. Nevertheless timely payment is expected.

     No ratings are issued for companies whose paper is not deemed to be of
     investment grade.

                                       *  *  *

     Notes: (1)  The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most

                                        a - 7
<PAGE>






     recent ratings available at the date of this Registration Statement, as
     amended, for the securities listed.  Ratings are generally given to
     securities at the time of issuance.  While the rating agencies may from
     time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so,
     and the ratings indicated do not necessarily represent ratings which would
     be given to these securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year
     end.

             Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect
     to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the
     risks of lower-rated bonds. The Portfolio is dependent on the Investment
     Adviser's judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation of such
     bonds.

             Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a bond by
     a rating service may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.




































                                        a - 8
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 

     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

     (a)   Financial Statements
        
           The Financial statements called for by this Item are incorporated by
     reference in Part B and listed in Item 23 hereof.
         
     (b)   Exhibits
        
           1.     (a) Declaration of Trust of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992
                      filed herewith.
         
        
                  (b) Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated February 23, 1994
                      filed herewith.
         
        
                  (c) Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated March 1, 1995
                      filed herewith.
         
        
           2.     By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992 filed
                  herewith.
         
        
           5.     Investment Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and
                  Boston Management and Research dated March 1, 1994.*
         
        
           6.     Placement Agent Agreement between the Registrant and Eaton
                  Vance Distributors, Inc. dated March 1, 1994.*
         
        
           8.     (a) Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and Investors
                  Bank & Trust Company dated March 1, 1994 filed herewith. 
         
        
                  (b) Amendment to Custodian Agreement dated October 23, 1995
                  filed herewith.
         
        
           9.     Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Boston
                  Management and Research dated March 1, 1994.*
         
        
           13.    Investment representation letter of Eaton Vance Investment
                  Fund, Inc., on behalf of Eaton Vance Short-Term Global Income
                  Fund, dated December 14, 1993.*
         
        

                                        C - 1
<PAGE>






     * Filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1, which was filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28, 1995 (Accession No.
     0000898432-95-000062), and incorporated herein by reference.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

           Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
        
     (1)                                      (2)
                                           Number of
     Title of Class                      Record Holders
     Interests                      As of February 14, 1996
         
        
                                                4
         
     Item 27.  Indemnification
        
           Reference is hereby made to Article V of the Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as an Exhibit herewith.
         
           The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of the
     Registrant's investment adviser are insured under an errors and omissions
     liability insurance policy. The Registrant and its officers are also
     insured under the fidelity bond required  by Rule 17g-1 under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

           To the knowledge of the Portfolio, none of the trustees or officers
     of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its Form ADV
     as filed with the SEC, is engaged in any other business, profession,
     vocation or employment of a substantial nature, except that certain
     trustees and officers also hold various  positions with and engage in
     business for affiliates of the investment adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

           Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
        
           All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be
     maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, 89
     South Street, Boston, MA 02111, with the exception of certain corporate
     documents and portfolio trading documents, which are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's investment adviser at 24 Federal Street,
     Boston, MA 02110.  The Registrant is informed that all applicable

                                        C - 2
<PAGE>






     accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by registered
     investment advisers are in the custody and possession of the Registrant's
     investment adviser.
         
     Item 31.  Management Services

           Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

           Not applicable.










































                                        C - 3
<PAGE>






                                     SIGNATURES

        
                Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of
     1940, the Registrant has duly caused this amendment to its Registration
     Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
     thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts on the 27th day of February, 1996.
         
        
                                        STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO

                                        By /s/ James L. O'Connor
                                           ------------------------
                                        James L. O'Connor
                                        Treasurer
         
<PAGE>






                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit

          1(a).   Declaration of Trust of the Registrant dated May 1, 1992.

          1(b).   Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated February 23, 1994.
        
          1(c).   Amendment to Declaration of Trust dated March 1, 1995.
         
        
          2.      By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992.
         
        
          8(a).   Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and Investors Bank
                  & Trust Company dated March 1, 1994.
         
        
         8(b).    Amendment to Custodian Agreement dated October 23, 1995.
         
<PAGE>













                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO

                                  -----------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                
              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement   . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board   . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.3      Legal Title   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests   . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                      Arrangements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract   . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                     Officers, etc.    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, 
                               Officers, Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Third Parties  . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, 
                               Officers, Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.   . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification   . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  11

                                          i
<PAGE>






                                                                            PAGE

              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                               Instruments, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc.   . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12

              Section 6.1      Interests   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability   . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests   . . . . . . . . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                    and Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  13
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  14
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.9      Notices   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  16

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    17
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  .    19
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                               Service   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or 
                               Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20


                                          ii
<PAGE>









                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
                          ----------------------------------

                      This DECLARATION OF TRUST of Short-Term Global Income
     Portfolio is made as of the 1st day of May, 1992 by the parties signatory
     hereto, as Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

                      WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under
     the law of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of
     its assets; and

                      WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed
     of money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in
     the trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

                      NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they
     will hold in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund
     and will manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of
     interests in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                      ---------
                      1.1.     Name.  The name of the trust created hereby (the
     "Trust") shall be Short-Term Global Income Portfolio and so far as may be
     practicable the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all
     documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word
     "Trust" wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as
     Trustees, and not individually, and shall not refer to the officers,
     employees, agents or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of
     interests in the Trust.  

                      1.2.     Definitions.  As used in this Declaration, the
     following terms shall have the following meanings:

                      "Administrator" shall mean any party furnishing services
     to the Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section
     4.1 hereof.

                      "Book Capital Account" shall mean, for any Holder at any
     time, the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 
<PAGE>






                      "Code" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
     as amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of
     the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

                      "Commission" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

                      "Declaration" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as
     amended from time to time.  References in this Declaration to
     "Declaration", "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer
     to this Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such
     word appears.

                      "Fiscal Year" shall mean an annual period determined by
     the Trustees which ends on October 31 of each year or on such other day as
     is permitted or required by the Code.

                      "Holders" shall mean as of any particular time all
     holders of record of Interests in the Trust.

                      "Institutional Investor(s)" shall mean any regulated
     investment company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company,
     common trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether
     organized within or without the United States of America, other than an
     individual, S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned
     by any individual, S corporation or partnership.

                      "Interest(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the
     Trust, including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by
     this Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage,
     determined by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital
     Account balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account
     balances.  Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of,
     Interests, means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances
     represent such specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book
     Capital Account balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

                      "Interested Person" shall have the meaning given it in
     the 1940 Act.

                      "Investment Adviser" shall mean any party furnishing
     services to the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract
     described in Section 4.1 hereof.

                      "Majority Interests Vote" shall mean the vote, at a
     meeting of Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or
     represented at such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests
     are present or represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all
     Interests, whichever is less.


                                          2
<PAGE>






                      "Person" shall mean and include individuals,
     corporations, partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other
     entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and
     political subdivisions thereof.

                      "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an
     Interest of a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital
     Account balance of that Holder to zero, and the term "redeem" shall mean
     to effect a Redemption.

                      "Trustees" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration,
     so long as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the
     terms hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have
     been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in
     accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and
     reference in this Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such
     individual or individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

                      "Trust Property" shall mean as of any particular time any
     and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such
     time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

                      The "1940 Act" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act
     of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       --------
                      2.1.     Number and Qualification.  The number of Trustees
     shall be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as
     provided in Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of
     Trustees so fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15. 
     Any vacancy created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled
     by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in
     this Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective,
     however, until the individual named in the written instrument of
     appointment shall have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in
     writing to be bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the
     number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from
     office.  Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as
     provided in Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office,
     regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the
     Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by
     this Declaration.  A Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of
     age who is not under legal disability.

                      2.2.     Term and Election.  Each Trustee named herein, or
     elected or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except
     in the event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant

                                          3
<PAGE>






     to Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to
     such Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve
     as Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

                      2.3.     Resignation, Removal and Retirement.  Any Trustee
     may resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent
     accounting) by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and
     delivered or mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the
     Secretary of the Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such
     delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. 
     Any Trustee may be removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-
     thirds of the Interests or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees,
     after such removal and after giving effect to any appointment made to fill
     the vacancy created by such removal, shall not be less than the number
     required by Section 2.1 hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of
     the remaining Trustees.  Removal with cause includes, but is not limited
     to, the removal of a Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or
     failure to comply with such written policies as from time to time may be
     adopted by at least two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct
     of the Trustees and attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained
     a mandatory retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written
     policy adopted from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees
     shall, automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

                      2.4.     Vacancies.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing
     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2

                                          4
<PAGE>






     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of
     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

                      2.5.     Meetings.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held
     from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time,
     on such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered 
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

                      Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive
     committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all
     meetings of any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof. 
     Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such
     committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members
     present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent
     of a majority of the members.

                      With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee
     of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or
     otherwise interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum
     purposes under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the
     extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

                      All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a
     meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference
     telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all

                                          5
<PAGE>






     individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other and
     participation in a meeting by means of such communications equipment shall
     constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                      2.6.     Officers; Chairman of the Board.  The Trustees
     shall, from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. 
     The Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the
     Board who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such
     other duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or
     appoint or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents
     or independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

                      2.7.     By-Laws.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time
     to time, amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the
     Trust.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  ------------------
                      3.1.     General.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and
     absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the
     Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the
     Trust Property and such business in their own right, but with such powers
     of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may
     perform such acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for
     conducting the business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to
     mention any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such
     exclusive and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be
     exercised without order of or resort to any court.

                      3.2.     Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                               (a)     conduct, operate and carry on the
     business of an investment company;

                               (b)     subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in,
     purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer,
     exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign
     currencies and related instruments including forward contracts, and
     securities, including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds,
     debentures, time notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable
     or non-negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political

                                          6
<PAGE>






     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

                      The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in
     obligations maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor
     shall the Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which
     may be made by fiduciaries.

                      3.3.     Legal Title.  Legal title to all Trust Property
     shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees
     shall have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held
     by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the
     Trust, or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the
     Trust, on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

                      The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the
     Trust Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may
     hereafter become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon
     the resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

                      3.4.     Sale and Increases of Interests.  The Trustees,
     in their discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the
     Holders, permit any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or
     increase its Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or
     property, at such time or times (including, without limitation, each
     business day), and on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in
     such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets
     subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and
     businesses.  Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts
     that are beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or
     partnership may not purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its
     Interest may not be permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of
     60 calendar days after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the
     Fiscal Year next succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption
     occurred.



                                          7
<PAGE>






                      3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests.  Subject
     to Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time
     to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its
     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

                      3.6.     Borrow Money.  The Trustees shall have power to
     borrow money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by
     mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the
     Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse,
     guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or
     engagement of any other Person.

                      3.7.     Delegation; Committees.  The Trustees shall have
     power, consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control
     over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate
     from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things
     and the execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or
     the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

                      3.8.     Collection and Payment.  The Trustees shall have
     power to collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims,
     including taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend,
     compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust
     Property; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by
     virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into
     releases, agreements and other instruments.

                      3.9.     Expenses.  The Trustees shall have power to incur
     and pay any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

                      3.10.    Miscellaneous Powers.  The Trustees shall have
     power to:  (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may
     deem appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and
     terminate such employees or contractual relationships as they consider
     appropriate; (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other
     combinations or associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust
     Property, insurance policies insuring the Investment Adviser,
     Administrator, placement agent, Holders, Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising
     by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or
     omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not the Trust
     would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (d)

                                          8
<PAGE>






     establish pension, profit-sharing and other retirement, incentive and
     benefit plans for the Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the
     Trust; (e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for
     charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes;
     (f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the
     Trust has dealings, including the Investment Adviser, Administrator,
     placement agent, Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall
     determine; (g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of
     others; (h) determine and change the Fiscal Year and the method by which
     the accounts of the Trust shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the
     Trust, but the absence of such a seal shall not impair the validity of any
     instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.

                      3.11.    Further Powers.  The Trustees shall have power to
     conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and
     all of its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the
     State of New York, in any and all states of the United States of America,
     in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths,
     territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or
     instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign
     governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such
     instruments as they deem necessary, proper, appropriate or desirable in
     order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not
     herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the
     interests of the Trust which is made by the Trustees in good faith shall
     be conclusive.  In construing the provisions of this Declaration, the
     presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees.  The
     Trustees shall not be required to obtain any court order in order to deal
     with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                         -----------------------------------
                      4.1.     Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
     Arrangements.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the

                                          9
<PAGE>






     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

                      4.2.     Parties to Contract.  Any contract of the
     character described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust
     may be entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association,
     although one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an
     officer, director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to
     the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered
     voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall
     any individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of
     such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason
     of any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.
































                                          10
<PAGE>






                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        -------------------------------------
                      5.1.     Liability of Holders; Indemnification.  Each
     Holder shall be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution
     inter se in proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the
     liabilities and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails
     to satisfy such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to
     the extent assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify
     and hold each Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to
     which such Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a
     Holder to the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

                      5.2.  Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Third Parties.  No Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of
     an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by
     written contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

                      5.3.     Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
     Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.



                                          11
<PAGE>






                      5.4.     Mandatory Indemnification.  The Trust shall
     indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940
     Act), each Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor
     (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent
     expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person
     who serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of
     another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

                      5.5.     No Bond Required of Trustees.  No Trustee shall,
     as such, be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

                      5.6.     No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust
     Instruments, etc.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust
     shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any
     transaction purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee,
     agent or independent contractor or be liable for the application of money
     or property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with

                                          12
<PAGE>






     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

                      5.7.     Reliance on Experts, etc.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                       --------
                      6.1.     Interests.  The beneficial interest in the Trust
     Property shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall
     be personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration
     specifically set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the
     Book Capital Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

                      6.2.     Non-Transferability.  A Holder may not transfer,
     sell or exchange its Interest.

                      6.3.     Register of Interests.  A register shall be kept
     at the Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the
     name, address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such
     register shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the
     Trust shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or

                                          13
<PAGE>






     interest in an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No
     Holder shall be entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to
     have notice given to it as herein provided, until it has given its address
     to such officer or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for
     entry thereon.

                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                  -------------------------------------------------
                      Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this
     Declaration and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted
     by the Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment
     in the Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a
     capital contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                              --------------------------
                      8.1.     Book Capital Account Balances.  The Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at
     such time or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall
     adopt resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.



                                          14
<PAGE>






                      8.2.     Allocations and Distributions to Holders.  The
     Trustees shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally
     accepted accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the
     Trust shall make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses,
     taxable income and tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items
     thereof, to each Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to
     Holders, and (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of
     taxable income and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing
     and be furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

                      8.3.     Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures. 
     Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the
     Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and
     times for determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of
     income of the Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or
     the payment of distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or
     desirable to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act
     or any order of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.

                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       -------
                      9.1.     Rights of Holders.  The ownership of the Trust
     Property and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

                      9.2.     Meetings of Holders.  Meetings of Holders may be
     called at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by
     any Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the

                                          15
<PAGE>






     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

                      9.3.     Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each meeting of
     Holders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be
     given by the Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address,
     mailed at least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting. 
     Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before
     or after such meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Holder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to
     the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not
     lawfully called or convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before
     the meeting may be considered whether or not stated in the notice of the
     meeting.  Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further
     notice.

                      9.4.     Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc. 
     For the purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of
     and to vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or
     to participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other
     action, the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90
     days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any
     distribution or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a
     record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders
     for such purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the
     Holders, so fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the
     meeting shall be the record date.

                      9.5.     Proxies, etc.  At any meeting of Holders, any
     Holder entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy
     shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file
     with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as
     the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more
     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be

                                          16
<PAGE>






     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

                      9.6.     Reports.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared
     and furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each
     Fiscal Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a
     statement of income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public
     accountant on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition,
     furnish to each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of
     operations containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such
     period and an unaudited statement of income for the period from the
     beginning of the then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

                      9.7.     Inspection of Records.  The books and records of
     the Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business
     hours for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

                      9.8.     Holder Action by Written Consent.  Any action
     which may be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders
     holding more than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger
     proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this
     Declaration) consent to the action in writing and the written consents are
     filed with the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be
     treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each
     such written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder
     delivering such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No
     such written consent shall be effective to take the action referred to
     therein unless, within one year of the earliest dated consent, written
     consents executed by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action
     are filed with the records of the meetings of Holders.

                      9.9.     Notices.  Any and all communications, including
     any and all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed
     duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at
     its last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.




                                          17
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                              -------------------------
                      10.1.    Duration.  Subject to possible termination or
     dissolution in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section
     10.3 hereof, respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until
     the expiration of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the
     initial Trustees named herein and the following named persons:

         Name                      Address                  Birth
         ----                      -------                  -----

       Cassius Marcellus           742 Old Dublin Road      November 9, 1990
       Corneliu Clay               Hancock, NH  03449
                                   1308 Rhodes Street       September 17, 1990
       Sara Briggs Sullivan        Dubois, WY  82513

       Myles Bailey Rawson         Winhall Hollow Road      May 13, 1990
                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

       Zeben Curtis Kopchak        Box 1126                 October 31, 1989
                                   Cordova, AK  99574
       Landon Harris Clay          742 Old Dublin Road      February 15, 1989
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

       Kelsey Ann Sullivan         1308 Rhodes Street       May 1, 1988
                                   Dubois, WY  82513
       Carter Allen Rawson         Winhall Hollow Road      January 28, 1988
                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

       Obadiah Barclay Kopchak     Box 1126                 August 29, 1987
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

       Richard Tubman Clay         742 Old Dublin Road      April 12, 1987
                                   Hancock, NH  03449
       Thomas Moragne Clay         742 Old Dublin Road      April 11, 1985
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

       Zachariah Bishop Kopchak    Box 1126                 January 11, 1985
                                   Cordova, AK  99574
       Sager Anna Kopchak          Box 1126                 May 22, 1983
                                   Cordova, AK  99574


                      10.2.    Termination.
                               -----------


                                          18
<PAGE>






                               (a)     The Trust may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a
     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                               (i) the Trust shall carry on no business
              except for the purpose of winding up its affairs;

                               (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind
              up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the
              Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the
              affairs of the Trust have been wound up, including the
              power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust,
              collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey, assign,
              exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
              Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or
              private sale for consideration which may consist in whole
              or in part of cash, securities or other property of any
              kind, discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, and
              do all other acts appropriate to liquidate the business
              of the Trust; provided that any sale, conveyance,
              assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
              substantially all the Trust Property shall require
              approval of the principal terms of the transaction and
              the nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of
              Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

                               (iii) after paying or adequately
              providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon
              receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding
              agreements as they deem necessary for their protection,
              the Trustees shall distribute the remaining Trust
              Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the
              Holders according to their respective rights as set forth
              in the procedures established pursuant to Section 8.2
              hereof.

                               (b)     Upon termination of the Trust and
     distribution to the Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees
     shall execute and file with the records of the Trust an instrument in
     writing setting forth the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon
     termination of the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from
     all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests
     of all Holders shall thereupon cease.

                      10.3.    Dissolution.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder,
     or upon the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved
     effective 120 days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such
     bankrupt or redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any
     meeting of such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting

                                          19
<PAGE>






     executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such
     Holders, agree to continue the business of the Trust even if there has
     been such a dissolution.

                      10.4.    Amendment Procedure.
                               -------------------
                               (a)     This Declaration may be amended by the
     vote of Holders of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of
     Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50%
     of all Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this
     Declaration may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for
     any one or more of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the
     Trust, (ii) to supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any
     ambiguous, defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform
     this Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or
     regulations or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code,
     (iv) to change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the
     state or other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof,
     (v) to effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to
     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                               (b)     No amendment may be made under
     Section 10.4(a) hereof which would change any rights with respect to any
     Interest by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the
     Trust, except with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all
     Interests.


                                          20
<PAGE>






                               (c)     A certification in recordable form
     executed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and
     reciting that it was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as
     aforesaid or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form,
     and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence
     of such amendment when filed with the records of the Trust.

                      Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such
     time as Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or
     amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
     Trustees at any meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a
     majority of the Trustees.

                      10.5.    Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets.  The
     Trust may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association,
     trust or other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or
     substantially all of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such
     terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized at
     any meeting of Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests
     Vote, and any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be
     deemed for all purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to
     the statutes of the State of New York.

                      10.6.    Incorporation.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote,
     the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a
     corporation or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust,
     partnership, association or other organization to take over the Trust
     Property or to carry on any business in which the Trust directly or
     indirectly has any interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust
     Property to any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise,
     and to lend money to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter
     into any contract with any such corporation, trust, partnership,
     association or other organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership,
     association or other organization in which the Trust holds or is about to
     acquire equity interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or
     consolidation between the Trust or any successor thereto and any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization if and
     to the extent permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be
     construed as requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to
     organize or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts,
     partnerships, associations or other organizations and selling, conveying
     or transferring a portion of the Trust Property to one or more of such
     organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
                      11.1.    Certificate of Designation; Agent for Service of
     Process.  The Trust shall file, with the Department of State of the State
     of New York, a certificate, in the name of the Trust and executed by an

                                          21
<PAGE>






     officer of the Trust, designating the Secretary of State of the State of
     New York as an agent upon whom process in any action or proceeding against
     the Trust may be served.

                      11.2.    Governing Law.  This Declaration is executed by
     the Trustees and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to
     the law thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and
     construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the
     construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

                      11.3.    Counterparts.  This Declaration may be
     simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be
     deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall
     constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently
     evidenced by any one such original counterpart.

                      11.4.    Reliance by Third Parties.  Any certificate
     executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of
     any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to
     be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of
     Trustees or Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any
     instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of
     Trustees or Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders
     present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the
     requirements of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by
     or the identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the
     existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs
     of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified
     in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees.

                      11.5.    Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.
                               ----------------------------------------------
                               (a)     The provisions of this Declaration are
     severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of
     counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or
     with other applicable law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall
     be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided,
     however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining
     provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action
     taken or omitted prior to such determination.

                               (b)     If any provision of this Declaration
     shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such
     invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such
     jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any
     other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.



                                          22
<PAGE>






                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this
     instrument as of the day and year first above written.


                                /s/James G. Baur              
                               -------------------------------
                               JAMES G. BAUR, as Trustee and
                               not individually


                                /s/H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                               -------------------------------
                               H. DAY BRIGHAM, JR., as Trustee and
                               not individually


                                /s/James B. Hawkes            
                               -------------------------------
                               JAMES B. HAWKES, as Trustee and
                               not individually

































                                          23
<PAGE>





                             SHORT-TERM INCOME PORTFOLIO

                 (formerly called Short-Term Global Income Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                  February 23, 1994


              AMENDMENT, made February 23, 1994 to the Declaration of Trust
     made May 1, 1992 (hereinafter called the "Declaration") of Short-Term
     Global Income Portfolio, a New York trust (hereinafter called the "Trust")
     by the undersigned, being at least a majority of the Trustees of the Trust
     in office on February 23, 1994.

              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;

              NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:

              1.  The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                             SHORT-TERM INCOME PORTFOLIO

              2.  Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                         NAME

              1.1 NAME.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Short-Term Income Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trusts's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the work "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust.
<PAGE>






              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument this 23rd day of February, 1994.


     /s/Landon T. Clay                          /s/Samuel L. Hayes, III 
     -----------------                          -----------------------
     LANDON T. CLAY                             SAMUEL L. HAYES, III


     /s/Donald R. Dwight                        /s/Norton H. Reamer
     -------------------                        ------------------------
     DONALD R. DWIGHT                           NORTON H. REAMER


     /s/James B. Hawkes                         /s/John L. Thorndike
     -------------------                        -------------------------
     JAMES B. HAWKES                            JOHN L. THORNDIKE


                                /s/Jack L. Treynor        
                               ---------------------------
                               JACK L. TREYNOR































                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>




                              STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO

                    (formerly called Short-Term Income Portfolio)

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    March 1, 1995

              AMENDMENT, made March 1, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust made
     May 1, 1992, as amended February 23, 1994, (hereinafter called the
     "Declaration") of Short-Term Income Portfolio, a New York trust
     (hereinafter called the "Trust"), by the undersigned, being at least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on March 1, 1995.

              WHEREAS, Section 10.4 of Article X of the Declaration empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;

              NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned Trustees, do hereby amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:

              1.  The caption at the head of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                              STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO

              2.  Section 1.1 of Article I of the Declaration is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                         NAME

              1.1 NAME.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be Strategic Income Portfolio and so far as may be practicable the
     Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and
     sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever
     hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and not
     individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Trustees have executed this
     instrument as of this 1st day of March, 1995.


     /s/ Landon T. Clay                                                        
     ----------------------                             -----------------------
     Landon T. Clay                                     Samuel L. Hayes, III

     /s/ Donald R. Dwight                               /s/ Norton H. Reamer
     ----------------------                             -----------------------
     Donald R. Dwight                                   Norton H. Reamer
<PAGE>






     /s/ James B. Hawkes                                /s/ John L. Thorndike
     ----------------------                             -----------------------
     James B. Hawkes                                    John L. Thorndike

                                                        /s/ Jack L. Treynor
                                                        -----------------------
                                                        Jack L. Treynor














































                                        - 2 -
<PAGE>



      



















                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO

                             ____________________________


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

              Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
              Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President    . .   2
              Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . . . . . .   3

     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                               Like    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . . . . . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>







                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
                               ------------------------


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME
     PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated as of May 1, 1992, as from time to time
     amended (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these
     By-Laws shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or
     terms in the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                 -------------------
                      Section 1.1.  Records at Holder Meetings.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election
     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       --------
                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  Election and Tenure.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal of Officers.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section 2.4.  Bonds and Surety.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  Chairman, President and Vice Presidents. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
<PAGE>






     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New
     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  Other Officers and Duties.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
<PAGE>






     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------
                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  Signatures.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  Indemnification.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by
     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
     Like.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV
<PAGE>






                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          ---------------------------------
                      Section 4.1.  Regulations.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or
     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.
<PAGE>




                             SHORT-TERM INCOME PORTFOLIO




                                                                   March 1, 1994




     Short-Term Income  Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees  to become a party to
     the  attached  Master  Custodian Agreement  between  the  Eaton  Vance  Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.

                                                SHORT-TERM INCOME PORTFOLIO




                                                BY:  /s/James B. Hawkes   
                                                        President



     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



     BY: /s/ Michael Rogers                 
              Title:  Sr. Vice President
<PAGE>







                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                    in the Trust . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                    Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                      Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between  each investment company advised by
     Boston Management  and Research  which has  adopted this  Agreement in  the
     manner  provided herein  and Investors  Bank  & Trust  Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and  "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws  of Massachusetts with  a principal place  of business  in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas,  each such  investment  company is  registered  under the
     Investment Company  Act  of 1940  and  has appointed  the  Bank to  act  as
     Custodian of its  property and to perform  certain duties as its  Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the  Bank  is  willing  and able  to  act  as  each  such
     investment  company's Custodian  and Agent,  subject to  and in  accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of the
     mutual  covenants and  agreements herein  contained,  each such  investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this  Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall  mean the  investment company which  has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company",  a clearing agency  registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange  Act of 1934 which acts as  a securities depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants  Trust  Company", a  clearing  agency registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange Act of  1934 which acts as a securities  depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing  Agency"  shall  mean  any  other  domestic
     clearing  agency registered  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
     under  Section 17A of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934  which acts as a
     securities depository  but only if  the Custodian has  received a certified
     copy of  a resolution  of the  Board approving  such clearing  agency as  a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System"  shall mean the  book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the  Investment Company Act of 1940  for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency  securities (i.e., as provided  in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular  No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B  of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the  book-entry regulations  of federal  agencies substantially in  the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign  Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository  or clearing agency  referred to in  Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act  of 1940 for foreign securities but only  if the
     Custodian  has received  a certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board
     approving  such depository  or  clearing  agency  as a  foreign  securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for  Commercial Paper" shall  mean
     a system  maintained  by  the  Custodian  or  by  a  subcustodian  employed
     pursuant  to Section  2  hereof  for the  holding  of commercial  paper  in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy  of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation  by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The  Custodian  shall  be  deemed  to  have  received  "proper
     instructions"  in  respect  of any  of  the  matters  referred to  in  this
     Agreement upon receipt  of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or  more person or persons  as the Board  shall have from  time to time
     authorized  to  give the  particular  class  of  instructions in  question.
     Different  persons may  be authorized  to give  instructions  for different
     purposes.  A certified  copy of a resolution  of the Board may  be received
     and  accepted by the  Custodian as conclusive evidence  of the authority of
     any  such person to act  and may be considered as  in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.   Such instructions may be
     general or  specific  in terms  and,  where  appropriate, may  be  standing
     instructions.  Unless  the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give  a particular  class of instructions  specifically requires
     that  the approval  of any  person, persons  or committee  shall first have
     been obtained before the  Custodian may act on instructions  of that class,
     the Custodian  shall be under  no obligation to  question the right of  the
     person or persons giving such  instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will  be  considered  proper  instructions  if   the  Custodian  reasonably
     believes  them to  have been  given by  a  person authorized  to give  such
     instructions with respect  to the transaction  involved.   The Trust  shall
     cause  all  oral instructions  to  be  confirmed  in  writing.   The  Trust
     authorizes the  Custodian to tape  record any and  all telephonic  or other
     oral instructions  given to the Custodian.   Upon receipt of  a certificate
     signed  by two  officers  of  the Trust  as  to  the authorization  by  the
     President and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust  accompanied  by  a  detailed
     description  of the communication procedures  approved by the President and
     the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust,  "proper  instructions"  may  also  include
     communications effected  directly between  electromechanical or  electronic
     devices provided  that the  President and  Treasurer of the  Trust and  the
     Custodian are  satisfied that  such procedures  afford adequate  safeguards
     for the  Trust's assets.    In performing  its duties  generally, and  more
     particularly  in  connection  with  the  purchase,  sale  and  exchange  of
     securities made by  or for the Trust, the  Custodian may take cognizance of

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     the  provisions of the  governing documents  and registration  statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time  to time be in effect (and  resolutions
     or proceedings of  the holders  of interests in  the Trust  or the  Board),
     but,  nevertheless, except  as  otherwise  expressly provided  herein,  the
     Custodian  may assume unless and until  notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict  with
     or in any  way contrary to any  provisions of such governing  documents and
     registration statement,  or resolutions  or proceedings  of the holders  of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)   The term "Vote"  when used with respect to  the Board or the
     Holders  of  Interests in  the  Trust  shall  include  a vote,  resolution,
     consent,  proceeding and  other action  taken by  the  Board or  Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The  Trust hereby appoints  and employs the Bank  as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and  the
     Bank hereby accepts such  appointment and employment.  The Trust  agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities,  participation interests, cash and
     other  assets  owned  by  it,  and  all  payments of  income,  payments  of
     principal and capital  distributions and  adjustments received  by it  with
     respect to  all securities and  participation interests owned  by the Trust
     from time to time,  and the cash consideration received by it  from time to
     time in  exchange for an interest in  the Trust or for  an increase in such
     an interest.   The Custodian shall not  be responsible for any  property of
     the  Trust  held  by  the Trust  and  not  delivered by  the  Trust  to the
     Custodian.   The Trust will  also deliver  to the  Bank from  time to  time
     copies  of   its  currently  effective   declaration  of  trust,   by-laws,
     registration statement  and placement  agent agreement  with its  placement
     agent, together with such resolutions,  and other proceedings of  the Trust
     as may be  necessary for or convenient  to the Bank  in the performance  of
     its duties hereunder.

              The  Custodian  may   from  time  to  time  employ  one   or  more
     subcustodians  to  perform such  acts  and  services  upon  such terms  and
     conditions as shall be  approved from time to time by the Board.   Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall  be deemed to be the  agent
     of the Custodian,  and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities,  participation interests, moneys and  other property of the
     Trust held by such  subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign  custodian within the meaning
     of Rule  17f-5 under the  Investment Company Act  of 1940, and the  foreign
     custody  arrangements  shall be  approved  by  the Board  and  shall  be in
     accordance with  and subject  to  the provisions  of said  Rule.   For  the
     purposes of  this Agreement,  any property of  the Trust  held by any  such
     subcustodian  (domestic or  foreign) shall  be  deemed to  be  held by  the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the    Trust 


                                         -3-
<PAGE>






              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall  keep
                  safely all  property of the  Trust and on behalf  of the Trust
                  shall from  time to  time receive  delivery of  Trust property
                  for  safekeeping.    The  Custodian shall  hold,  earmark  and
                  segregate  on its  books and  records for  the account  of the
                  Trust  all property  of the  Trust, including  all securities,
                  participation  interests and  other  assets of  the Trust  (1)
                  physically   held  by   the   Custodian,  (2)   held  by   any
                  subcustodian referred to in  Section 2 hereof or by  any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph  K hereof, (3) held by  or maintained
                  in  The  Depository Trust  Company  or  in Participants  Trust
                  Company  or in an Approved  Clearing Agency or  in the Federal
                  Book-Entry  System   or  in  an  Approved  Foreign  Securities
                  Depository, each of  which from  time to time  is referred  to
                  herein   as  a  "Securities  System",  and  (4)  held  by  the
                  Custodian  or by  any subcustodian  referred  to in  Section 2
                  hereof and  maintained in  any Approved Book-Entry  System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery  of   Securities  The  Custodian  shall  release  and
                  deliver securities  or  participation interests  owned by  the
                  Trust  held (or  deemed  to  be  held)  by  the  Custodian  or
                  maintained in  a Securities System  account or in  an Approved
                  Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial Paper  account  only  upon
                  receipt  of  proper  instructions,  which  may  be  continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate  by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon  sale of  such  securities  or participation
                               interests for the account  of the Trust, but only
                               against  receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is  made  in Boston  or  New  York  City, payment
                               therefor  shall  be  made   in  accordance   with
                               generally accepted clearing  house procedures  or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if  delivery is  made elsewhere  payment therefor
                               shall  be  in accordance  with  the then  current
                               "street  delivery" custom  or in  accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time  by  the  parties  hereto;  if the  sale  is
                               effected through  a Securities  System,  delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be  made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale  of  commercial  paper  is  to  be  effected
                               through  an   Approved  Book-Entry   System   for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery  and payment  therefor
                               shall be made  in accordance with  the provisions
                               of Paragraph  M hereof; if the  securities are to
                               be sold outside the  United States, delivery  may
                               be made  in accordance with  procedures agreed to
                               in  writing  from time  to  time  by  the parties
                               hereto;  for the  purposes of  this subparagraph,

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






                               the term "sale"  shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i)  upon the exercise of an
                               option  written by  the Trust  and (ii)  upon the
                               failure  by the  Trust to  make a  successful bid
                               with  respect   to  a   portfolio  security,  the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the  receipt of payment  in connection  with
                               any repurchase  agreement or  reverse  repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for  portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To  the issuer  thereof  or its  agent  when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired  or otherwise  become  payable;
                               provided  that, in  any  such case,  the  cash or
                               other  consideration is  to be  delivered  to the
                               Custodian or any  subcustodian employed  pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into  the name of  the Trust or into  the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the  name or
                               nominee name  of any agent  appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K  hereof or  into the name  or nominee
                               name  of  any  subcustodian employed  pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates  or other  evidence
                               representing  the same  aggregate face  amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to  be   delivered  to  the   Custodian  or   any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance  with  the  "street  delivery" custom;
                               provided  that  the Custodian  shall  adopt  such
                               procedures as  the Trust from time  to time shall
                               approve  to  ensure their  prompt  return  to the
                               Custodian by  the broker in the  event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;
                    7)         For exchange or  conversion pursuant to any  plan
                               of   merger,   consolidation,   recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment  of the securities
                               of the issuer of  such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions  for conversion of such securities, or

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be  delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In  the  case  of  warrants,  rights  or  similar
                               securities, the surrender  thereof in  connection
                               with  the  exercise of  such warrants,  rights or
                               similar securities,  or the surrender of  interim
                               receipts or temporary  securities for  definitive
                               securities; provided that, in  any such case, the
                               new  securities  and  cash,  if  any, are  to  be
                               delivered  to the  Custodian or  any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For  delivery  in connection  with  any  loans of
                               securities made  by the  Trust (such loans  to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as  agreed upon from  time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of  cash or obligations issued  by
                               the  United States  government, its  agencies  or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans  for which collateral  is to
                               be  credited to  the  Custodian's account  in the
                               book-entry   system   authorized   by   the  U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable  or responsible for  the delivery  of
                               securities  loaned  by  the  Trust  prior to  the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as  security in connection with  any
                               borrowings  by the  Trust requiring  a pledge  or
                               hypothecation  of assets  by the  Trust  (if then
                               permitted under  circumstances described  in  the
                               current  registration  statement  of  the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities  shall be  released
                               only upon payment to  the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except  that in  cases where additional
                               collateral is  required  to  secure  a  borrowing
                               already  made, further securities may be released
                               for   that  purpose;   upon  receipt   of  proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery  to it of the  securities pledged
                               or  hypothecated therefor  and upon  surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or  repurchase of an  interest in  the
                               Trust   in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any  agreement   between  the  Custodian  (or   a
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered  under the
                               Securities   Exchange   Act   of  1934   and,  if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing  Corporation or
                               of any registered  national securities  exchange,
                               or of any  similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in  connection with  options transactions  by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among  the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a  subcustodian employed  pursuant to  Section  2
                               hereof),  and  a  futures  commissions  merchant,
                               relating to  compliance  with  the rules  of  the
                               Commodity Futures  Trading Commission  and/or  of
                               any  contract market  or commodities  exchange or
                               similar  organization,  regarding futures  margin
                               account deposits or payments  in connection  with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For  any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the  Board  specifying  the   securities  to   be
                               delivered,  setting forth  the purpose  for which
                               such  delivery  is to  be  made,  declaring  such
                               purpose  to  be  proper  corporate  purpose,  and
                               naming the person or  persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.  Registration of  Securities  Securities held  by the Custodian
                  (other than  bearer securities) for  the account of  the Trust
                  shall be  registered in the name  of the Trust or  in the name
                  of any  nominee  of  the  Trust  or  of  any  nominee  of  the
                  Custodian,  or  in  the name  or  nominee  name  of any  agent
                  appointed  pursuant to Paragraph K  hereof, or in  the name or
                  nominee name of any  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                  2 hereof,  or in the  name or nominee  name of  The Depository
                  Trust  Company  or  Participants  Trust  Company  or  Approved
                  Clearing Agency  or  Federal  Book-Entry  System  or  Approved
                  Book-Entry  System   for  Commercial  Paper;   provided,  that
                  securities are held in an account  of the Custodian or of such
                  agent or of  such subcustodian containing  only assets of  the
                  Trust or  only assets held by  the Custodian or such  agent or
                  such subcustodian  as  a custodian  or  subcustodian or  in  a
                  fiduciary  capacity  for  customers.    All  certificates  for

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






                  securities accepted  by  the Custodian  or any  such agent  or
                  subcustodian  on behalf of the  Trust shall be  in "street" or
                  other good delivery form  or shall be returned to  the selling
                  broker or dealer who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.  Bank Accounts    The  Custodian  shall  open  and  maintain  a
                  separate  bank account or accounts  in the name  of the Trust,
                  subject  only to  draft or  order by  the Custodian  acting in
                  pursuant to the  terms of  this Agreement, and  shall hold  in
                  such account  or accounts,  subject to the  provisions hereof,
                  all cash received  by it from or for the  account of the Trust
                  other  than cash  maintained by  the Trust  in a  bank account
                  established and used in  accordance with Rule 17f-3  under the
                  Investment Company Act of  1940.  Funds held by  the Custodian
                  for  the  Trust may  be  deposited  by  it  to its  credit  as
                  Custodian in  the Banking  Department of  the Custodian or  in
                  such  other banks or trust  companies as the  Custodian may in
                  its   discretion  deem   necessary  or   desirable;  provided,
                  however,  that  every such  bank  or  trust company  shall  be
                  qualified to act as  a custodian under the Investment  Company
                  Act of 1940 and that  each such bank or trust company  and the
                  funds to be  deposited with  each such bank  or trust  company
                  shall be approved  in writing  by two officers  of the  Trust.
                  Such  funds  shall  be  deposited  by  the  Custodian  in  its
                  capacity as Custodian  and shall be subject to withdrawal only
                  by the Custodian in that capacity.

              E.  Payments  for Interests,  or  Increases in  Interests, in  the
                  Trust  The Custodian  shall make appropriate arrangements with
                  the Transfer Agent  of the  Trust to enable  the Custodian  to
                  make  certain   it  promptly   receives  the  cash   or  other
                  consideration due  to the Trust  for payment  of interests  in
                  the  Trust, or increases in such interests, in accordance with
                  the  governing  documents  and registration  statement  of the
                  Trust.  The Custodian will  provide prompt notification to the
                  Trust of any receipt by it of such payments.

              F.  Investment and  Availability of Federal Funds   Upon agreement
                  between  the Trust  and  the Custodian,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon  the  receipt  of   proper  instructions,  which  may  be
                  continuing  instructions   when  deemed  appropriate   by  the
                  parties, invest in  such securities and instruments as  may be
                  set forth in  such instructions  on the same  day as  received
                  all federal  funds received after  a time agreed  upon between
                  the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.  Collections   The Custodian shall promptly  collect all income
                  and other payments with  respect to registered securities held
                  hereunder to which the  Trust shall be entitled either  by law
                  or pursuant  to custom in  the securities business,  and shall
                  promptly collect  all income  and other payments  with respect
                  to  bearer  securities  if, on  the  date  of  payment by  the

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                  issuer,  such securities  are held by  the Custodian  or agent
                  thereof  and shall  credit such  income, as collected,  to the
                  Trust's custodian account.  The  Custodian shall do all things
                  necessary  and   proper  in   connection   with  such   prompt
                  collections  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
                  foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                    1)         Present for payment  all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                    2)         Present  for  payment  all  securities which  may
                               mature  or  be  called,   redeemed,  retired   or
                               otherwise become payable;

                    3)         Endorse and  deposit for collection,  in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or  other negotiable
                               instruments;

                    4)         Credit  income  from  securities maintained  in a
                               Securities  System or  in an  Approved Book-Entry
                               System  for Commercial  Paper at  the time  funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities  maintained  in  The  Depository Trust
                               Company funds  shall be  deemed available  to the
                               Trust not  later than the opening  of business on
                               the first  business  day after  receipt  of  such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                    The Custodian shall notify the Trust  as soon as  reasonably
                    practicable  whenever income  due  on any  security  is not
                    promptly  collected.   In  any case  in which  the Custodian
                    does not  receive any  due and  unpaid income  after it  has
                    made demand for  the same,  it shall  immediately so  notify
                    the  Trust  in  writing,  enclosing  copies  of  any demand
                    letter, any written  response thereto, and memoranda of  all
                    oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                    instructions from the Trust;  the Custodian shall in no case
                    have  any  liability  for  any  nonpayment  of  such income
                    provided the Custodian meets the standard of care set  forth
                    in Section 8 hereof.  The  Custodian shall not be  obligated
                    to  take  legal  action  for  collection  unless  and until
                    reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                    The  Custodian shall  also  receive and  collect  all stock
                    dividends, rights  and other items  of like nature, and deal
                    with  the  same  pursuant to  proper  instructions relative
                    thereto.

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  Upon  receipt of proper instructions,
                  which may  be continuing instructions when  deemed appropriate
                  by  the parties,  the Custodian  shall pay  out monies  of the
                  Trust in the following cases only:

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






                    1)         Upon the  purchase of  securities,  participation
                               interests,  options,  futures contracts,  forward
                               contracts  and  options   on  futures   contracts
                               purchased for  the account of the  Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i)  such  securities  registered as  provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed  instructions signed  by an officer
                               of   the   Trust   regarding   the  participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase  by the
                               Trust  of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options  on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof  or by a clearing corporation
                               of a  national securities  exchange of which  the
                               Custodian  is a  member or  by any  bank, banking
                               institution  or trust  company doing  business in
                               the United  States or abroad  which is  qualified
                               under the  Investment Company Act of  1940 to act
                               as a  custodian and which has  been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the  agent   specifically  designated   in   such
                               instructions  as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the  case  of  a  purchase  effected   through  a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the  Securities System in accordance  with the
                               conditions set forth  in Paragraph L  hereof; (c)
                               in  the case  of a  purchase of  commercial paper
                               effected through  an Approved  Book-Entry  System
                               for Commercial  Paper, upon receipt  of the paper
                               by  the Custodian  or subcustodian  in accordance
                               with  the  conditions set  forth  in  Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase  agreements
                               entered into between  the Trust and  another bank
                               or  a  broker-dealer,   against  receipt  by  the
                               Custodian  of  the   securities  underlying   the
                               repurchase agreement either  in certificate  form
                               or  through an  entry  crediting  the Custodian's
                               segregated,   non-proprietary   account  at   the
                               Federal   Reserve  Bank   of  Boston   with  such
                               securities  along with  written  evidence  of the
                               agreement  by  the  bank   or  broker-dealer   to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect  to securities  purchased outside of
                               the  United States,  in accordance  with  written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing

                                         -10-
<PAGE>






                               by the parties hereto;

                      2)       When required in connection with  the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by  the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                      3)       When required for the reduction  or redemption of
                               an interest  in the Trust in  accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                      4)       For  the  payment of  any  expense  or  liability
                               incurred by the Trust,  including but not limited
                               to the following payments  for the account of the
                               Trust:      advisory   fees,   interest,   taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer   agent  and   legal  fees,   and  other
                               operating expenses  of the  Trust whether  or not
                               such  expenses  are  to   be  in  whole  or  part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                      5)       For  distributions  or  payment  to   Holders  of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                      6)       For any other  proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for  which such payment
                               is  to be  made, declaring  such purpose to  be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and  naming the  person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability  for Payment  in  Advance of  Receipt of  Securities
                  Purchased   In any and  every case where  payment for purchase
                  of securities  for the  account of  the Trust is  made by  the
                  Custodian in  advance of  receipt of the  securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by  two
                  officers  of the  Trust to  so pay  in advance,  the Custodian
                  shall be  absolutely liable to  the Trust for  such securities
                  to the same  extent as if the securities had  been received by
                  the  Custodian;  except  that  in  the  case  of a  repurchase
                  agreement entered  into by the  Trust with  a bank which  is a
                  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve System,  the  Custodian  may
                  transfer  trusts  to the  account of  such  bank prior  to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities  in certificate form subject  to
                  such repurchase  agreement or  (ii) written evidence  that the
                  securities  subject  to such  repurchase  agreement  have been
                  transferred  by book-entry  into a  segregated non-proprietary
                  account of  the Custodian maintained with  the Federal Reserve
                  Bank  of Boston  or  (iii) the  safekeeping receipt,  provided
                  that such  securities  have in  fact  been so  transferred  by
                  book-entry and  the written  repurchase agreement  is received

                                         -11-
<PAGE>






                  by  the  Custodian  in due  course;  and  except  that if  the
                  securities  are to  be  purchased outside  the United  States,
                  payment may  be made in  accordance with procedures  agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for  Repurchases or  Redemptions of Interests  in the
                  Trust   From such  funds as may be  available for the purpose,
                  but subject  to any  applicable resolutions  of the  Board and
                  the  current procedures  of  the Trust,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon receipt of  written instructions from  the Trust or  from
                  the  Trust's  Transfer  Agent,  make  funds  and/or  portfolio
                  securities  available for  payment to  Holders of  Interest in
                  the Trust  who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by  the Custodian  The Custodian  may at
                  any time  or times in its  discretion appoint (and may  at any
                  time  remove) any other  bank or trust  company (provided such
                  bank  or   trust  company   is  itself  qualified   under  the
                  Investment Company  Act of 1940  to act  as a custodian  or is
                  itself  an eligible  foreign custodian  within the  meaning of
                  Rule  17f-5 under said Act)  as the agent of  the Custodian to
                  carry  out such of the  duties and functions  of the Custodian
                  described in  this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct;  provided, however,  that the appointment  of any
                  such  agent  shall not  relieve the  Custodian  of any  of its
                  responsibilities or  liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust  and   the  Custodian  the  Custodian   shall  be  fully
                  responsible for  the acts  and  omissions of  any such  agent.
                  For  the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held  by any  such agent  shall be  deemed to  be held  by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  Deposit of  Trust Portfolio  Securities in Securities  Systems
                  The Custodian may deposit  and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                      (5)      in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository

                    in  each case  only in  accordance with  applicable Federal
                    Reserve Board  and Securities and  Exchange Commission rules
                    and regulations, and  at all times  subject to the following
                    provisions:


                                         -12-
<PAGE>






                    (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through  one or
                    more  subcustodians  employed pursuant  to  Section 2  keep
                    securities  of the  Trust in  a Securities  System provided
                    that such  securities are  maintained  in a  non-proprietary
                    account  ("Account") of  the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                    in the Securities System which  shall not include any assets
                    of the Custodian or  such subcustodian or  any other  person
                    other   than  assets   held  by   the  Custodian   or  such
                    subcustodian  as a  fiduciary,  custodian, or  otherwise for
                    its customers.

                    (b)    The   records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect   to
                    securities  of   the  Trust  which   are  maintained  in  a
                    Securities  System  shall   identify  by  book-entry  those
                    securities belonging to  the Trust, and the Custodian  shall
                    be  fully  and  completely  responsible  for  maintaining  a
                    recordkeeping  system capable  of accurately  and currently
                    stating  the  Trust's  holdings   maintained  in  each  such
                    Securities System.

                      (c)  The  Custodian shall pay for securities  purchased in
                      book-entry  form for  the account  of the  Trust only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System that such  securities have been transferred  to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making  of any entry on  the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such  payment and transfer for
                      the account  of the  Trust.  The  Custodian shall transfer
                      securities  sold for the  account of  the Trust  only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System  that  payment   for  such   securities  has   been
                      transferred  to  the Account,  and (ii)  the making  of an
                      entry  on the  records  of the  Custodian to  reflect such
                      transfer and  payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
                      of all notices  or advices from the  Securities System  of
                      transfers  of securities  for  the  account of  the  Trust
                      shall  identify the Trust, be  maintained for the Trust by
                      the  Custodian and be  promptly provided  to the  Trust at
                      its  request.   The Custodian shall  promptly send  to the
                      Trust  confirmation  of  each  transfer  to  or  from  the
                      account  of the Trust in  the form of  a written advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to  the
                      Trust  copies of daily  transaction sheets reflecting each
                      day's  transactions  in  the  Securities  System  for  the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)   The Custodian shall  promptly send to  the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or  obtained by the
                      Custodian relating  to the  Securities System's accounting
                      system,  system   of  internal   accounting  controls   or
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  the
                      Securities System; the  Custodian shall  promptly send  to
                      the Trust  any report or  other communication relating  to

                                         -13-
<PAGE>






                      the   Custodian's   internal   accounting   controls   and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System; and  the Custodian  shall ensure  that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K  hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant  to Section 2 hereof  shall
                      promptly  send  to the  Trust  and  to  the Custodian  any
                      report or other communication relating to  such agent's or
                      subcustodian's    internal   accounting    controls    and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System.   The  Custodian's books  and  records
                      relating to the  Trust's participation in  each Securities
                      System will at all times during  regular business hours be
                      open  to   the  inspection  of   the  Trust's   authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)   The Custodian shall  not act under  this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer
                      of  the Trust that  the Board  has approved  the use  of a
                      particular  Securities  System; the  Custodian  shall also
                      obtain  appropriate  assurance from  the  officers  of the
                      Trust that the  Board has annually reviewed  the continued
                      use by the  Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall promptly  notify  the  Custodian  if the  use  of  a
                      Securities System  is to be  discontinued; at the  request
                      of the Trust,  the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)     Anything  to  the   contrary  in  this   Agreement
                      notwithstanding,  the Custodian  shall  be liable  to  the
                      Trust for any loss or  damage to the Trust  resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason  of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or  misconduct of the Custodian  or any of its
                      agents  or  subcustodians  or  of  any  of  its  or  their
                      employees  or from  any failure  of the  Custodian  or any
                      such agent  or  subcustodian to  enforce effectively  such
                      rights as  it may  have against  the Securities  System or
                      any other person; at the  election of the Trust,  it shall
                      be  entitled  to  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  the
                      Custodian  with   respect  to   any   claim  against   the
                      Securities System or any other person  which the Custodian
                      may have as  a consequence of any  such loss or  damage if
                      and to the extent  that the Trust has not been  made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.    Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved Book-Entry
                    System  for  Commercial  Paper    Upon  receipt  of  proper
                    instructions  with respect  to each  issue of  direct issue
                    commercial paper purchased  by the Trust, the Custodian  may
                    deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                    by  the  Trust   in  any  Approved  Book-Entry  System  for
                    Commercial  Paper, in  each  case only  in  accordance with
                    applicable  Securities  and   Exchange  Commission   rules,

                                         -14-
<PAGE>






                    regulations, and no-action correspondence, and at all times
                    subject to the following provisions:

                      (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more  subcustodians employed  pursuant to  Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  in an Approved  Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial  Paper, provided that such  paper is
                      issued   in  book   entry  form   by   the  Custodian   or
                      subcustodian  on  behalf  of  an  issuer  with  which  the
                      Custodian or  subcustodian has  entered into a  book-entry
                      agreement  and  provided   further  that  such   paper  is
                      maintained in  a  non-proprietary account  ("Account")  of
                      the  Custodian  or  such   subcustodian  in  an   Approved
                      Book-Entry System  for  Commercial Paper  which shall  not
                      include any assets  of the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                      or  any  other  person  other  than  assets  held  by  the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as  a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)    The  records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect  to
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  which is maintained in  an
                      Approved Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial  Paper  shall
                      identify by  book-entry each specific  issue of commercial
                      paper  purchased by  the Trust  which  is included  in the
                      Securities System  and shall at  all times during  regular
                      business  hours  be  open  for  inspection  by  authorized
                      officers,  employees  or   agents  of  the  Trust.     The
                      Custodian shall  be fully  and completely  responsible for
                      maintaining a  recordkeeping system capable of  accurately
                      and currently  stating the Trust's  holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)    The  Custodian  shall  pay   for  commercial  paper
                      purchased in book-entry form  for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of  notice or advice
                      from the issuer  that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to  the Account,  and  (ii) the  making of  an
                      entry on  the records  of the  Custodian  to reflect  such
                      purchase,  payment and  transfer for  the  account of  the
                      Trust.    The  Custodian shall  transfer  such  commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper  which
                      is  redeemed  for  the  account  of  the  Trust  only upon
                      contemporaneous  (i)  receipt of  notice  or  advice  that
                      payment  for  such  paper  has  been  transferred  to  the
                      Account, and  (ii) the making  of an entry  on the records
                      of the  Custodian to reflect  such transfer or  redemption
                      and payment  for the account  of the Trust.  Copies of all
                      notices,  advices   and  confirmations   of  transfers  of
                      commercial  paper  for  the account  of  the  Trust  shall
                      identify the Trust,  be maintained  for the  Trust by  the
                      Custodian and  be promptly provided  to the  Trust at  its
                      request.   The Custodian shall promptly  send to the Trust

                                         -15-
<PAGE>






                      confirmation of each transfer  to or  from the account  of
                      the  Trust in the  form of a  written advice  or notice of
                      each  such transaction,  and shall  furnish  to the  Trust
                      copies of daily  transaction sheets reflecting  each day's
                      transactions in the  System for  the account of  the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                    (d)   The Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the Trust  any
                    report or  other communication received  or obtained by the
                    Custodian  relating  to  each System's  accounting  system,
                    system of  internal accounting  controls  or procedures  for
                    safeguarding  commercial paper deposited  in the System; the
                    Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the Trust any  report or
                    other  communication relating  to the  Custodian's internal
                    accounting  controls   and  procedures   for   safeguarding
                    commercial  paper  deposited  in  any  Approved  Book-Entry
                    System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian shall ensure
                    that any  agent appointed pursuant  to Paragraph K hereof or
                    any subcustodian  employed  pursuant to  Section  2  hereof
                    shall promptly send  to the Trust and to the  Custodian any
                    report or  other communication relating  to such agent's or
                    subcustodian's  internal accounting  controls and procedures
                    for  safeguarding  securities  deposited  in  any  Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

                    (e)  The Custodian  shall not act under this Paragraph M  in
                    the  absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer of
                    the  Trust  that  the  Board  has approved  the  use  of  a
                    particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                    the Custodian shall  also obtain appropriate  assurance from
                    the  officers  of the  Trust  that  the Board  has  annually
                    reviewed  the continued  use by  the Trust  of each Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and the Trust shall
                    promptly  notify the  Custodian if  the use  of  an Approved
                    Book-Entry   System  for   Commercial   Paper  is   to   be
                    discontinued; at  the request  of the  Trust, the Custodian
                    will  terminate the use  of any such System  as promptly as
                    practicable.

                    (f)    The  Custodian  (or  subcustodian,  if  the Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by the
                    subcustodian)  shall issue  physical  commercial  paper  or
                    promissory notes whenever requested  to do so  by the  Trust
                    or  in the  event  of  an electronic  system  failure  which
                    impedes  issuance,  transfer  or  custody  of  direct  issue
                    commercial paper by book-entry.

                    (g)     Anything   to  the   contrary  in   this  Agreement
                    notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust
                    for any loss or  damage to the  Trust resulting from use  of
                    any  Approved  Book-Entry System  for  Commercial Paper  by
                    reason of any  negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of  the

                                         -16-
<PAGE>






                    Custodian or any  of its agents or subcustodians or  of any
                    of  its or  their  employees  or from  any failure  of  the
                    Custodian  or any  such  agent or  subcustodian  to enforce
                    effectively  such rights as  it may have against the System,
                    the issuer of the commercial paper  or any other person;  at
                    the election  of  the Trust,  it  shall  be entitled  to  be
                    subrogated to the rights  of the Custodian  with respect  to
                    any claim against  the System, the issuer of the  commercial
                    paper or any other person which the Custodian may have as  a
                    consequence  of any such loss or damage if and to the extent
                    that the Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                    damage.

              N.  Segregated  Account    The  Custodian shall  upon  receipt  of
                  proper  instructions  establish  and  maintain   a  segregated
                  account  or  accounts for  and on  behalf  of the  Trust, into
                  which  account  or accounts  may  be  transferred cash  and/or
                  securities, including securities  maintained in an  account by
                  the  Custodian   pursuant  to  Paragraph  L   hereof,  (i)  in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of any  agreement among  the
                  Trust, the Custodian and  any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating  to compliance with the
                  rules  of   the  Options  Clearing  Corporation   and  of  any
                  registered national  securities exchange (or of  the Commodity
                  Futures  Trading  Commission  or  of any  contract  market  or
                  commodities  exchange),  or  of  any similar  organization  or
                  organizations,   regarding   escrow   or   deposit   or  other
                  arrangements in  connection  with transactions  by the  Trust,
                  (ii)  for  purposes of  segregating  cash  or U.S.  Government
                  securities  in connection  with  options   purchased, sold  or
                  written by the Trust  or futures contracts or  options thereon
                  purchased  or sold  by the  Trust, (iii)  for the  purposes of
                  compliance  by  the  Trust  with the  procedures  required  by
                  Investment Company  Act Release  No. 10666, or  any subsequent
                  release or releases of  the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating  to   the  maintenance  of  segregated   accounts  by
                  registered  investment companies  and  (iv) for  other  proper
                  purposes, but only, in  the case of clause (iv),  upon receipt
                  of, in  addition to proper instructions,  a certificate signed
                  by two officers of  the Trust, setting forth the  purpose such
                  segregated  account and declaring such purpose  to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates  for Tax Purposes   The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership  and other  certificates and  affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with  receipt
                  of  income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust  held  by  it  and   in  connection  with  transfers  of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies  The  Custodian shall, with respect to  the securities
                  held  by it hereunder, cause  to be promptly  delivered to the

                                         -17-
<PAGE>






                  Trust all forms  of proxies  and all notices  of meetings  and
                  any   other  notices   or   announcements  or   other  written
                  information affecting or relating  to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of  proper instructions  shall execute and  deliver or
                  cause  its nominee  to  execute and  deliver  such proxies  or
                  other  authorizations   as  may   be  required.  Neither   the
                  Custodian  nor  its   nominee  shall  vote  upon  any  of  the
                  securities  or execute any proxy  to vote thereon  or give any
                  consent or take any other action with  respect thereto (except
                  as  otherwise  herein provided)  unless  ordered to  do  so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications  Relating to  Trust Portfolio  Securities   The
                  Custodian  shall deliver  promptly  to the  Trust all  written
                  information  (including, without limitation,  pendency of call
                  and maturities  of securities and  participation interests and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise  of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the  Trust)
                  received  by  the Custodian  from  issuers  and other  persons
                  relating  to the securities  and participation interests being
                  held  for the  Trust.   With  respect  to tender  or  exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the  Trust all
                  written  information received  by the  Custodian from  issuers
                  and   other   persons   relating   to   the   securities   and
                  participation  interests  whose tender  or exchange  is sought
                  and  from the  party  (or his  agents)  making the  tender  or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise  of  Rights; Tender  Offers   In  the case  of tender
                  offers,  similar   offers  to  purchase  or   exercise  rights
                  (including,   without  limitation,   pendency  of   calls  and
                  maturities  of  securities  and  participation  interests  and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise of call and  put options and the maturity  of futures
                  contracts)   affecting   or   relating   to   securities   and
                  participation  interests  held  by  the  Custodian  under this
                  Agreement,  the   Custodian  shall  have   responsibility  for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of  all such offers in accordance
                  with  the standard of reasonable  care set forth  in Section 8
                  hereof.   For  all  such offers  for  which the  Custodian  is
                  responsible as provided  in this Paragraph R, the  Trust shall
                  have  responsibility  for  providing the  Custodian  with  all
                  necessary  instructions in  timely fashion.   Upon  receipt of
                  proper  instructions, the  Custodian shall  timely deliver  to
                  the  issuer or  trustee thereof,  or to  the agent  of either,
                  warrants, puts,  calls, rights  or similar securities  for the
                  purpose  of  being  exercised  or  sold  upon  proper  receipt
                  therefor and  upon receipt  of assurances satisfactory  to the
                  Custodian  that the new securities and  cash, if any, acquired
                  by such  action are to  be delivered to  the Custodian or  any
                  subcustodian  employed pursuant  to  Section 2  hereof.   Upon

                                         -18-
<PAGE>






                  receipt  of proper  instructions, the  Custodian shall  timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of  securities
                  upon proper  receipt therefor  and upon receipt  of assurances
                  satisfactory  to the  Custodian that  the consideration  to be
                  paid  or  delivered  or  the  tendered  securities  are to  be
                  returned to  the Custodian  or subcustodian employed  pursuant
                  to Section 2  hereof.  Notwithstanding  any provision of  this
                  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  the Custodian  shall  take  all
                  necessary action,  unless otherwise directed  to the  contrary
                  by  proper  instructions, to  comply  with  the terms  of  all
                  mandatory   or   compulsory    exchanges,   calls,    tenders,
                  redemptions,  or  similar rights  of  security  ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust  in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository  Receipts   The  Custodian shall,  upon receipt  of
                  proper  instructions, surrender  or  cause  to be  surrendered
                  foreign  securities to  the depository  used by  an issuer  of
                  American  Depository  Receipts  or   International  Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter  collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such   securities,   against   a   written   receipt  therefor
                  adequately  describing  such securities  and  written evidence
                  satisfactory  to   the  Custodian  that   the  depository  has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions  to issue with respect to
                  such  securities in the name of  a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in  the name  or  nominee name  of  any subcustodian  employed
                  pursuant  to Section 2  hereof, for delivery  to the Custodian
                  or  such subcustodian at such  place as the  Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may  from time  to time designate.  The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of  proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the  issuer   thereof  against  a  written   receipt  therefor
                  adequately  describing   the  ADRs  surrendered   and  written
                  evidence  satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs  has acknowledged  receipt of  instructions to  cause its
                  depository to  deliver the securities underlying  such ADRs to
                  the  Custodian  or  to  a subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call  or Time Deposits   The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of  proper instructions,  place interest  bearing
                  fixed term  and call deposits  with the banking  department of
                  such  banking institution  (other than  the Custodian)  and in
                  such  amounts as  the Trust  may designate.   Deposits  may be
                  denominated  in  U.S.  Dollars   or  other  currencies.    The
                  Custodian  shall include in  its records  with respect  to the
                  assets  of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency  of  each   such  deposit,   the  accepting   banking
                  institution  and other  appropriate details  and  shall retain
                  such forms of  advice or  receipt evidencing  the deposit,  if
                  any,  as  may be  forwarded to  the  Custodian by  the banking
                  institution.     Such  deposits  shall   be  deemed  portfolio
                  securities of the  Trust for the  purposes of this  Agreement,

                                         -19-
<PAGE>






                  and the  Custodian shall be responsible for  the collection of
                  income  from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                      1.  Options.   The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
                    instructions and  in accordance with  the provisions of any
                    agreement   between   the    Custodian,   any    registered
                    broker-dealer  and, if  necessary,  the Trust,  relating  to
                    compliance  with   the  rules   of   the  Options   Clearing
                    Corporation  or  of  any  registered   national  securities
                    exchange  or similar organization or organizations, receive
                    and  retain   confirmations  or  other  documents,  if  any,
                    evidencing  the  purchase  or  writing  of  an  option  on a
                    security or securities  index or other  financial instrument
                    or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a segregated
                    account for  the Trust, either  physically or by book-entry
                    in  a Securities  System, securities  subject to  a covered
                    call  option  written  by  the  Trust;  and  release and/or
                    transfer such securities or other assets only in accordance
                    with  a  notice   or  other  communication  evidencing   the
                    expiration, termination or  exercise of such  covered option
                    furnished   by  the   Options  Clearing   Corporation,  the
                    securities or options exchange on which such covered option
                    is traded or  such other organization as may be  responsible
                    for handling such  options transactions.  The Custodian  and
                    the broker-dealer  shall be responsible  for the sufficiency
                    of  assets  held  in  the  Trust's  segregated  account  in
                    compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements.

                      2.       Futures Contracts    The Custodian  shall, upon  
                    receipt   of  proper   instructions,  receive   and  retain
                    confirmations and other  documents, if  any, evidencing  the
                    purchase  or sale of  a futures contract  or an  option on a
                    futures contract  by the  Trust; deposit  and maintain in  a
                    segregated   account,  for   the  benefit   of  any  futures
                    commission  merchant,  assets designated  by  the  Trust as
                    initial,  maintenance   or  variation   "margin"   deposits
                    (including  mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the
                    Trust's  performance of  its obligations  under  any futures
                    contracts  purchased  or sold  or  any  options  on futures
                    contracts  written   by  Trust,  in   accordance  with   the
                    provisions of any  agreement or agreements among the  Trust,
                    the  Custodian  and  such   futures  commission   merchant,
                    designed to comply with  the rules of  the Commodity Futures
                    Trading   Commission  and/or  of   any  contract  market  or
                    commodities exchange or similar organization regarding such
                    margin deposits  or  payments; and  release and/or  transfer
                    assets in such  margin accounts only  in accordance with any
                    such agreements or  rules.   The Custodian  and the  futures
                    commission   merchant   shall   be  responsible   for   the

                                         -20-
<PAGE>






                    sufficiency  of assets  held in  the segregated  account in
                    compliance  with  the  applicable  margin  maintenance  and
                    mark-to-market payment requirements.

                      3.   Foreign Exchange Transactions   The Custodian  shall,
                    pursuant  to proper  instructions,  enter into  or  cause a
                    subcustodian to  enter  into foreign  exchange contracts  or
                    options to  purchase and  sell foreign  currencies for spot
                    and  future delivery on  behalf and for the  account of the
                    Trust.    Such   transactions  may  be  undertaken  by  the
                    Custodian or  subcustodian with  such  banking or  financial
                    institutions  or other  currency brokers,  as set  forth in
                    proper   instructions.    Foreign  exchange  contracts  and
                    options shall be  deemed to  be portfolio securities of  the
                    Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
                    therefor shall  be  the same  as  and  no greater  than  the
                    Custodian's  responsibility in  respect of  other portfolio
                    securities  of   the  Trust.     The   Custodian  shall  be
                    responsible for the transmittal  to and receipt of cash from
                    the  currency  broker or  banking  or  financial institution
                    with which the  contract or option is made, the  maintenance
                    of  proper records  with respect to the  transaction and the
                    maintenance   of  any   segregated   account   required  in
                    connection with the  transaction.  The Custodian shall  have
                    no  duty  with  respect to  the  selection  of  the currency
                    brokers or banking or financial institutions with which the
                    Trust deals or  for their failure to comply with  the terms
                    of any contract or  option.  Without limiting the foregoing,
                    it is agreed  that upon receipt  of proper  instructions and
                    insofar as  funds are  made available to  the Custodian  for
                    the purpose, the  Custodian may (if determined necessary  by
                    the  Custodian to  consummate  a  particular transaction  on
                    behalf and for the account of the Trust) make free outgoing
                    payments of  cash in  the form  of U.S.  dollars or  foreign
                    currency  before   receiving  confirmation   of  a  foreign
                    exchange  contract or  confirmation that  the  countervalue
                    currency completing the  foreign exchange contract  has been
                    delivered  or  received.     The  Custodian  shall  not  be
                    responsible for any costs and interest charges which may  be
                    incurred by  the Trust or the  Custodian as a  result of the
                    failure  or  delay  of  third  parties  to  deliver foreign
                    exchange; provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be
                    held  to the  standard of  care set forth  in, and  shall be
                    liable to  the Trust in accordance  with, the provisions  of
                    Section 8.

              V.  Actions  Permitted  Without Express  Authority   The Custodian
                  may  in its  discretion,  without express  authority from  the
                  Trust:

                      1)       make  payments to  itself  or  others  for  minor
                               expenses  of handling securities or other similar

                                         -21-
<PAGE>






                               items   relating   to   its  duties   under  this
                               Agreement, provided, that all such payments shall
                               be  accounted   for  by  the   Custodian  to  the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)       surrender  securities  in   temporary  form   for
                               securities in definitive form;

                      3)       endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and  other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                      4)       in  general,  attend   to  all   nondiscretionary
                               details  in connection  with the  sale, exchange,
                               substitution,   purchase,   transfer  and   other
                               dealings with the securities and property  of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank  with Respect to Books of Account  and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall  as Agent (or  as Custodian,  as the  case may  be)
     keep such  books of  account (including  records showing  the adjusted  tax
     costs of the  Trust's portfolio securities) and  render as at the  close of
     business on each  day a detailed statement of  the amounts received or paid
     out and of  securities received or delivered  for the account of  the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a  daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's  portfolio securities; and shall  furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time  to time requested by the
     Treasurer  or any  executive officer of  the Trust;  and shall  compute and
     determine, as  of the close of business of  the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such  other time  or times as  the Board  may determine,  the net  asset
     value of the Trust and the  net asset value of each interest  in the Trust,
     such computations  and determinations  to be  made in  accordance with  the
     governing documents  of the Trust  and the  votes and  instructions of  the
     Board and of  the investment adviser at  the time in force  and applicable,
     and promptly  notify the Trust  and its investment  adviser and such  other
     persons as  the Trust  may request of  the result  of such computation  and
     determination.   In computing  the net  asset value the  Custodian may rely
     upon  security quotations  received by telephone  or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services  designated by the  Trust by  proper instructions,  and
     may  further  rely upon  information  furnished  to  it  by any  authorized
     officer  of  the  Trust  relative  (a) to  liabilities  of  the  Trust  not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to  the existence, status and proper
     treatment of  any reserve or  reserves, (c)  to any procedures  or policies
     established by the Board  regarding the  valuation of portfolio  securities
     or other assets, and  (d) to the  value to be  assigned to any bond,  note,
     debenture,  Treasury   bill,  repurchase   agreement,  subscription  right,
     security,  participation  interests or  other asset  or property  for which
     market quotations  are not  readily available.   The  Custodian shall  also
     compute and determine at such time or times as  the Trust may designate the
     portion  of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in

                                         -22-
<PAGE>






     the Trust in  computing and determining  its federal  income tax  liability
     including, but  not limited to, each  item of income,  expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or  loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create,  maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its  activities and obligations under  this Agreement in such  manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act  of
     1940, with  particular attention to Section 31  thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal  and state tax laws and  any other law
     or administrative  rules  or procedures  which  may  be applicable  to  the
     Trust.   All  books  of  account and  records  maintained  by the  Bank  in
     connection with  the performance of  its duties under  this Agreement shall
     be  the  property of  the  Trust, shall  at  all times  during  the regular
     business hours of  the Bank be open for  inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or  agents of the Trust, and in  the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall  be delivered  to  the Trust  or to  such other  person  or
     persons as shall  be designated by the  Trust.  Disposition of  any account
     or  record  after any  required period  of  preservation shall  be  only in
     accordance with  specific instructions received  from the Trust.   The Bank
     shall  assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust,  to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission, including  Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits  of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish  the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory  of securities  held with appropriate  information as to
     securities in transit or in the  process of purchase or sale and with  such
     other information  as said  auditors may from  time to  time request.   The
     Custodian  shall also  maintain  records of  all  receipts, deliveries  and
     locations  of such  securities, together with  a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at  the
     Custodian)  of certificates  representing bonds  and  other securities  for
     which  it is  responsible  under  this  Agreement  in such  manner  as  the
     Custodian shall  determine from time  to time to  be advisable in order  to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose  or use
     any books  or records  it  has prepared  or maintained  by reason  of  this
     Agreement in any manner except  as expressly authorized herein  or directed
     by the  Trust,  and  the  Bank  shall  keep  confidential  any  information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall  take all reasonable action, as the  Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust  to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions  from the  Trust's independent  public accountants  with
     respect to its activities hereunder  in connection with the  preparation of
     the  Trust's  registration  statement and  Form  N-SAR  or  other  periodic
     reports  to the Securities and Exchange  Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

                                         -23-
<PAGE>






              The  Bank shall  be entitled  to reasonable  compensation for  its
     services as Custodian and  Agent, as agreed upon from time to  time between
     the Trust  and the Bank.   The Bank shall be  entitled to receive  from the
     Trust  on  demand reimbursement  for its  cash disbursements,  expenses and
     charges,  including  counsel  fees,  in  connection  with  its  duties   as
     Custodian  and Agent hereunder, but  excluding salaries  and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So  long as  and  to the  extent  that it  is in  the  exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank  as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice,  request, consent, certificate or other  instrument
     reasonably believed  by it  to be genuine  and to be  signed by  the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as  Custodian and Agent shall be  entitled to rely on and
     may act upon  advice of counsel (who  may be counsel for the  Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be  without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall  be held to the exercise  of
     reasonable  care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad  faith acts or failures to act.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing  contained  in this  paragraph  is
     intended to nor  shall it be construed to modify  the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth  in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and  in subparagraph f of  Paragraph L of Section  3 hereof with respect to
     Securities  Systems and  in  subparagraph g  of  Paragraph M  of Section  3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian  shall be  liable for  the acts  or  omissions of  a
     foreign banking  institution to the  same extent as set  forth with respect
     to  subcustodians generally in Section 2  hereof, provided that, regardless
     of  whether  assets are  maintained  in the  custody  of a  foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities  depository or a branch  of a U.S.  bank,
     the Custodian  shall not  be liable  for any loss,  damage, cost,  expense,
     liability or  claim  resulting from,  or caused  by,  the direction  of  or
     authorization by the  Trust to maintain  custody of any securities  or cash
     of the Trust in  a foreign  country including, but  not limited to,  losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts
     of war,  civil  war or  terrorism,  insurrection, revolution,  military  or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission,  fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity  to take any action
     with respect  to securities, which action involves the  payment of money or
     which action may, in  the opinion of the  Bank, result in  the Bank or  its
     nominee  assigned to the  Trust being  liable for  the payment of  money or
     incurring  liability of some  other form,  the Trust, as  a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian  to take such  action, shall  provide indemnity  to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

                                         -24-
<PAGE>






     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No  trustee, officer, employee, or  agent of the Trust  shall
     have physical access  to the assets of  the Trust held by the  Custodian or
     be  authorized or permitted  to withdraw any investments  of the Trust, nor
     shall  the Custodian deliver  any assets of the  Trust to  any such person.
     No officer or  director, employee or agent  of the Custodian who  holds any
     similar  position  with   the  Trust  or  the  investment  adviser  or  the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access  to assets of the Trust  held hereunder shall only be
     available  to  duly  authorized  officers,  employees,  representatives  or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions  the
     Custodian shall be  responsible to the  extent permitted  hereunder, or  to
     the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  in  connection  with  their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)   Nothing in  this  Section 9  shall prohibit  any  officer,
     employee or agent  of the Trust or of  the investment adviser of  the Trust
     from giving instructions  to the Custodian  or executing  a certificate  so
     long as it does not result  in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor 
     Custodian

              This Agreement shall become  effective as of its  execution, shall
     continue   in  full  force  and  effect  until  terminated  as  hereinafter
     provided, may  be amended at  any time by  mutual agreement of the  parties
     hereto and may  be terminated by either  party by an instrument  in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid  to the other party,  such termination
     to take  effect not  sooner than sixty  (60) days  after the  date of  such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any  time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute  another bank or trust company  for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement  in the event of  the appointment
     of  a conservator  or receiver  for the  Custodian by  the Federal  Deposit
     Insurance Corporation  or by the Banking  Commissioner of  The Commonwealth
     of  Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory  agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of  the Agreement, the  Trust shall pay  to the  Custodian such
     compensation as may  be due as  of the date  of such termination and  shall
     likewise   reimburse   the   Custodian  for   its   costs,   expenses   and
     disbursements.

              Unless  the  holders of  a  majority  of the  outstanding  "voting
     securities"  of the  Trust (as  defined in  the Investment  Company  Act of
     1940) vote  to  have  the  securities,  funds  and  other  properties  held
     hereunder delivered  and paid  over to  some other  bank or trust  company,
     specified  in  the vote,  having  not  less  than  $2,000,000 of  aggregate
     capital, surplus  and undivided  profits, as  shown by  its last  published
     report, and meeting such other  qualifications for custodians set  forth in

                                         -25-
<PAGE>






     the Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  the  Board shall,  forthwith,  upon
     giving or receiving  notice of termination  of this  Agreement, appoint  as
     successor custodian,  a bank or  trust company having such  qualifications.
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise,  shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to  such successor  custodian, all securities  then held
     hereunder and all funds  or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the  Bank hereunder and all  books of account  and records kept  by
     the Bank  pursuant to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by the  Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no  such vote has been adopted by  the
     Holders of Interest  in the Trust and  that no written order  designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the  Bank on or before the
     date  when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the  securities, funds and  other properties  of the  Trust to  the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank  or trust company doing
     business  in   Boston,  Massachusetts  of  its  own  selection,  having  an
     aggregate capital,  surplus and  undivided profits,  as shown  by its  last
     published report,  of not less  than $2,000,000, all  funds, securities and
     properties of  the Trust held by or deposited  with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records  kept by  the Bank pursuant  to this Agreement,  and
     all documents held by  the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such  bank or
     trust  company  shall   be  the  successor  of  the  Custodian  under  this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the  operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to  time agree on such provisions  interpretive
     of or  in addition  to the  provisions of  this Agreement  as may in  their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor  of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional  provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both  parties  and  shall  be   annexed  hereto,  provided  that   no  such
     interpretive  or  additional  provisions  shall  contravene  any applicable
     federal or state  regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.   No interpretive or  additional provisions made as  provided
     in  the preceding  sentence shall  be deemed  to  be an  amendment of  this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered  or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust  addressed to  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110  or to  such
     other address as  the Trust  may have designated  to the  Bank, in  writing
     with  a  copy to  Eaton  Vance  Management at  24  Federal Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110, or  to  Investors Bank  &  Trust Company,  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with  a copy to Eaton  Vance Management
     at 24 Federal  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and  the  provisions thereof
     interpreted under and  in accordance with the  laws of The  Commonwealth of

                                         -26-
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts.

              The  Custodian   expressly  acknowledges  the   provision  in  the
     Declaration  of Trust  of the  Trust  (Section 5.2  and  5.6) limiting  the
     personal liability  of  the Trustees  and officers  of the  Trust, and  the
     Custodian  hereby  agrees that  it  shall have  recourse to  the  Trust for
     payment of claims  or obligations as  between the  Trust and the  Custodian
     arising  out  of  this  Agreement,   and  the  Custodian  shall   not  seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents  that its Board  has approved  this Agreement
     and has duly authorized  the Trust to adopt  this Agreement, such  adoption
     to  be evidenced  by  a letter  agreement between  the  Trust and  the Bank
     reflecting such adoption,  which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly  authorized officer of the  Trust and duly authorized  officer of
     the  Bank.    This  Agreement shall  be  deemed  to  be  duly executed  and
     delivered  by  each of  the parties  in  its name  and  behalf by  its duly
     authorized  officer as  of the  date  of such  letter  agreement, and  this
     Agreement  shall be deemed  to supersede and terminate,  as of  the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and  the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 




























                                         -27-
<PAGE>





















                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO


                                                      

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992    





























                                         -28-
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions  Upon   Liquidation  of   a
                                       Holder's Interest in the Trust  . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1              Allocation  of  Items  to  Book   Capital
                                       Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                                       Loss to Tax Capital Accounts  . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other Adjustments to Book and Tax 
                                       Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                                       Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                                       Account Balance   . . . . . . . . . .   9




                                         -i-
<PAGE>








                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                          SHORT-TERM GLOBAL INCOME PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                               ------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I
                                     Introduction

              The Trust  is treated  as  a partnership  for federal  income  tax
     purposes. These procedures have  been adopted by the Trustees of  the Trust
     and  will  be  furnished to  the  Trust's  accountants for  the  purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.   The
     Trust will maintain its  books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions

              Except as  otherwise provided  herein, a  term referred to  herein
     shall have  the same  meaning as that  ascribed to  it in the  Declaration.
     References in this  document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer  to this document in  its entirety rather than  the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account"  shall mean, for any Holder  at any time in
     any Fiscal  Year, the  Book Capital Account  balance of  the Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital  Contribution" shall  mean, with  respect to  any Holder,
     the amount  of money  and  the Fair  Market Value  of any  assets  actually
     contributed from  time to time  to the Trust  with respect to the  Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
     amended from time to  time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954,  as amended (or any  corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall  mean the Trust's Declaration  of Trust, dated
     May l, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated  Expenses"  shall mean  extraordinary  Trust  expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

              "Distributable  Cash" for  any  Fiscal Year  shall mean  the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust  activities, less the portion thereof used  to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such  portion of the Reserves as the  Trustees,
<PAGE>






     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as  Reserves.
     Distributable  Cash shall  not be  reduced  by depreciation,  amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair  Market Value" of  a security, instrument or  other asset on
     any particular day shall  mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by  or on  behalf of  the Trustees  in the  manner set  forth in  the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal  Year"  shall mean  an  annual  period determined  by  the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all  rights, powers  and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  the
     Declaration, which  interest may  be expressed as  a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times  and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to  time determine, the  ratio of each  Holder's Book Capital  Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments"  shall  mean all  securities,  instruments or  other
     assets of  the Trust of any  nature whatsoever, including,  but not limited
     to, all equity and debt  securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched  Income or  Loss" shall  mean Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income  or  Tax Loss  of  the  Trust  comprising  interest, original  issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income  or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss  or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from  such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net  Unrealized Gain"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate Fair Market  Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net  Unrealized Loss"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate  adjusted  bases,  for  federal  income  tax   purposes,  of  all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit"  and "Loss"  shall mean,  for each  Fiscal Year  or other
     period, an  amount equal to the Taxable Income  or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any  Tax-Exempt Income  shall be  added to   such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

                  (ii)         Any expenditures  of the  Trust for  such
              year or period  described in  Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the
              Code     or     treated     as     expenditures      under

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






              Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the  Code  pursuant  to  Treasury
              Regulations    Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i),    and    not
              otherwise taken into  account in computing Profit  or Loss
              or  specially  allocated  shall  be  subtracted  from such
              Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall  mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder  the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall mean the Registration Statement  of
     the Trust  on Form  N-1A as  filed with  the U.S.  Securities and  Exchange
     Commission  under the 1940 Act,  as the  same may  be amended from  time to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds  set
     aside or amounts  allocated during such  period to reserves which  shall be
     maintained  in  amounts  deemed  sufficient  by the  Trustees  for  working
     capital  and to  pay  taxes, insurance,  debt  service, renewals,  or other
     costs or expenses, incident  to the ownership of the Investments or  to its
     operations.

              "Tax Capital Account"  shall mean, for any  Holder at any  time in
     any Fiscal  Year, the  Tax Capital  Account balance  of the  Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt  Income"  shall mean  income  of  the Trust  for  such
     Fiscal  Year or  period that  is exempt  from  federal income  tax and  not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall  mean securities or other property which  are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable  Income" or "Tax  Loss" shall mean the  taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust,  determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal  Year as determined for federal income  tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of  income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or  otherwise not included in  computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury Regulations"  shall  mean  the  Income  Tax  Regulations
     promulgated under the  Code, as such regulations  may be amended from  time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust"  shall mean  Short-Term Global  Income Portfolio,  a trust
     fund formed under the law of the State of New York by the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall mean  each signatory to the  Declaration, so long
     as  such signatory shall  continue in  office in accordance  with the terms
     thereof, and all  other individuals who at  the time in question  have been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  as  amended  from  time to  time,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
     thereunder.





                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts 

              3.1.  Capital  Accounts  of Holders.    A  separate  Book Capital
     Account and  a separate  Tax Capital Account  shall be maintained  for each
     Holder pursuant to  Section 3.2 and Section 3.3.  hereof, respectively.  In
     the  event the Trustees  shall determine that it  is prudent  to modify the
     manner in which  the Book Capital Accounts or  Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits  or credits  thereto,  are  computed in  order  to comply  with  the
     Treasury Regulations,  the Trustees  may make  such modification,  provided
     that  it  is  not  likely  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the   amounts
     distributable  to  any Holder  pursuant  to  Article  VII  hereof upon  the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.  Book Capital Accounts.  The Book Capital Account balance  of
     each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased  by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in   Net  Unrealized   Losses  allocated   to  such   Holder  pursuant   to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or  increase
     in   Net  Unrealized   Losses  allocated   to  such   Holder   pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased,  as the case may be,  by the amount of
     Profit  or  Loss,  respectively,  allocated  to  such  Holder  pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased  by any  Capital Contribution  made by  such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased  by any distribution, including  any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment  pursuant to  Section  3.2 (a),  (b) or  (c)  above
     shall  be prorated  for  increases in  each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance  resulting   from  Capital   Contributions,  or   distributions  or
     withdrawals from  the Trust or  Redemptions by the  Trust occurring, during
     such  Fiscal   Year  as  of   the  day  after   the  Capital  Contribution,
     distribution, withdrawal  or Redemption  is accepted, made  or effected  by

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     the Trust.

              3.3.  Tax Capital  Accounts.  The Tax  Capital Account balance  of
     each  Holder shall  be adjusted  at the  following times  by the  following
     amounts:

              (a) increased  daily  by the  adjusted  tax  bases of  any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased  daily  by  the amount  of Taxable  Income  and Tax-
     Exempt Income  allocated to such  Holder pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased  daily  by the  amount of  cash  distributed to  the
     Holder pursuant to  any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the  amount of Tax Loss allocated to  such Holder
     pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at such  times as the allocations  are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.  Compliance   with  Treasury  Regulations.    The  foregoing
     provisions  and   other  provisions  contained   herein  relating  to   the
     maintenance of Book  Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply  with  Treasury  Regulations Section  1.704-1(b),  and  shall  be
     interpreted  and  applied  in  a  manner   consistent  with  such  Treasury
     Regulations.

              The  Trustees  shall make  any  appropriate  modifications  in the
     event unanticipated  events might otherwise  cause these procedures not  to
     comply  with   Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b),   including  the
     requirements   described    in   Treasury   Regulations   Section    1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1)  and  Treasury  Regulations  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
     Such modifications are  hereby incorporated into these  procedures by  this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets

              4.1.  Distributions of Distributable  Cash.   Except as  otherwise
     provided in Article  VII hereof, Distributable  Cash for  each Fiscal  Year
     may  be distributed  to the  Holders at  such times,  if any,  and in  such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.   In
     exercising   such   discretion,  the   Trustees   shall   distribute   such
     Distributable  Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can  comply   with  the  distribution  requirements   set  forth   in  Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.  Division Among  Holders.  All  distributions to the Holders
     with  respect to any  Fiscal Year pursuant to  Section 4.1  hereof shall be
     made to the Holders  in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






     or Tax  Loss allocated  to the  Holders with  respect to  such Fiscal  Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.  Distributions Upon  Liquidation of  a  Holder's Interest  in
     the Trust.   Upon  liquidation of  a Holder's  interest in  the Trust,  the
     proceeds will  be distributed  to the  Holder as  provided in  Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and  Article VII hereof.   If such Holder  has a negative  book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.  Amounts  Withheld.   All amounts  withheld pursuant  to the
     Code or any  provision of any  state or local tax  law with respect to  any
     payment  or distribution to  the Trust or the  Holders shall  be treated as
     amounts  distributed to such  Holders pursuant to  this Article  IV for all
     purposes under  these  procedures.   The  Trustees  may allocate  any  such
     amount  among  the  Holders  in any  manner  that  is  in  accordance  with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations

              5.1.  Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)   Increase  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains  or  Decrease  in  Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any decrease  in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of  items shall  be allocated  to the  Holder receiving  the allocation  of
     Loss, in the same  amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof,  any increase  in Net  Unrealized Gains  or decrease  in Net
     Unrealized Loss  on any day  during the Fiscal  Year shall be allocated  to
     the Holders' Book  Capital Accounts at the  end of such day,  in proportion
     to   the  Holders'   respective  Book  Capital   Account  balances  at  the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease  in   Net  Unrealized   Gains  or  Increase   in  Net
     Unrealized  Losses.    Any  decrease   in  Net  Unrealized  Gains   due  to
     realization  of  items shall  be  allocated  to  the  Holder receiving  the
     allocation of  Profit, in  the same  amount, under  Section 5.1(c)  hereof.
     Subject  to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any  decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase  in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital  Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the  Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit and  Loss.   Subject to  Section 5.1(d)  hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any  day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such  day in proportion to
     the Holders' respective Book Capital  Account balances at the  commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)   Any allocation pursuant  to Section 5.1(a),  (b)

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






              or  (c)  above shall  be  prorated for  increases  in each
              Holder's  Book  Capital  Account  resulting  from  Capital
              Contributions, or  distributions or  withdrawals from  the
              Trust or Redemptions  by the Trust occurring,  during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital  Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal  or Redemption  is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)   For purposes of  determining the Profit,  Loss,
              and Net  Unrealized Gain  or  Net Unrealized  Loss or  any
              other item  allocable to  any Fiscal  Year, Profit,  Loss,
              and Net  Unrealized Gain  or Net  Unrealized Loss and  any
              such other item  shall be determined  by or  on behalf  of
              the  Trustees  using  any  reasonable  method  under  Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.  Allocation of  Taxable Income  and Tax Loss  to Tax  Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable  Income and Tax  Loss.  Subject to  Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which  shall take precedence over this  Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any  Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First,  Taxable  Income  and  Tax  Loss,  whether
              constituting  ordinary  income (or  loss) or  capital gain
              (or  loss), derived from the  sale or other disposition of
              a  Tax  Lot  of  securities  or  other  property shall  be
              allocated as  of the  date such  income, gain  or loss  is
              recognized  for  federal  income  tax  purposes solely  in
              proportion to  the amount  of unrealized appreciation  (in
              the case of  such income or capital  gain, but not in  the
              case of any  such loss) or  depreciation (in  the case  of
              any such loss,  but not in the case  of any such income or
              capital gain)  from that  Tax Lot  which was allocated  to
              the  Holders' Book  Capital Accounts  each  day that  such
              securities  or  other  property  was  held  by  the  Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)         Second, any  remaining amounts at the end
              of the Fiscal  Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily  average  Book Capital  Account  balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched  Income or  Loss.   Notwithstanding the  provisions of
     Section 5.2(a)  hereof,  Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt  Income  or  Tax  Loss
     accruing on  any day during the Fiscal Year  constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the  Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in  proportion to and to the  extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or  Loss to  the  Holders'  Book Capital  Accounts  pursuant  to the  first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.


                                         -7-
<PAGE>






              5.3.  Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The  Designated Expenses  computed  for each  Holder  shall be
     allocated separately (not  included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss,  Loss or  Tax  Loss) to  the  Book Capital  Account  and Tax  Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If  the  Trust   incurs  any  nonrecourse  indebtedness,  then
     allocations  of items  attributable to  nonrecourse  indebtedness shall  be
     made to  the Tax  Capital Account  of each  Holder in  accordance with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In  accordance  with  Code  Section 704(c)  and  the  Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable  Income and Tax  Loss with  respect to  any
     property contributed to the  capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital  Account  of  each  Holder  so as  to  take  into  account  any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such  property to the Trust for
     federal  income tax purposes and  such property's Fair  Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.  Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election  or other  decision relating to  such allocations
     shall be made  by the Trustees in  any manner that reasonably  reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder  will report its  share of Trust  income and  loss
     for  federal  income  tax  purposes  in  accordance  with  the  allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.  Timing  of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.
     Allocation of  Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt  Income and Tax  Loss pursuant to
     Section  5.2 hereof  for  any Fiscal  Year, unless  specified above  to the
     contrary,  shall be  made only  after corresponding  adjustments  have been
     made to the Book  Capital Accounts of  the Holders for  the Fiscal Year  as
     provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.  Redemptions During the Fiscal Year.   If a Redemption occurs
     prior to the end of a  Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal Year as
     ended  for the  purposes of  computing the  redeeming Holder's distributive
     share  of Trust items and  allocations of all items  to such Holder will be
     made as  though each  Holder were  receiving its allocable  share of  Trust
     items at such  time.  All items  so allocated to the redeeming  Holder will
     be subtracted from the items to be allocated among the  other non-redeeming
     Holders at the  actual end of the Fiscal  Year.  All items  allocated among
     the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will  be made subject to the  rules
     of  Code  Sections  702, 704,  706  and 708  and  the  Treasury Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






              6.1.  Partial Withdrawals.    At  any  time any  Holder  shall  be
     entitled to request  a withdrawal of such  portion of the Interest  held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.  Redemptions.   At any  time a  Holder shall  be entitled  to
     request a Redemption  of all of its Interest.   A Holder's Interest  may be
     redeemed  at any time  during the  Fiscal Year  as provided in  Section 6.3
     hereof  by  a  cash distribution  or,  at  the  option of  a  Holder,  by a
     distribution of  a  proportionate amount  except for  fractional shares  of
     each Trust asset  at the option of the  Trust.  However, the Holder  may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the  Trust's assets
     only at the end of a  Fiscal Year.  However, if the  Holder has contributed
     any  property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at  the time the Holder requests withdrawal,  then such property will
     be sold by the  Trust prior to the time at  which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.  Distribution in  Kind.   If a withdrawing Holder  receives a
     distribution in  kind of  its proportionate  part of  Trust property,  then
     unrealized income,  gain, loss or deduction  attributable to  such property
     shall be  allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the  property  on  the  date   of  distribution  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation

              7.1.  Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof, upon
     dissolution of the  Trust, the Trustees shall  liquidate the assets  of the
     Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to  the payment  of  all debts  and obligations  of  the
     Trust  to third  parties, including  without limitation  the  retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt  owed to Holders or  their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any  Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then  in accordance  with the  Holders' positive  Book Capital
     Account  balances after  adjusting Book  Capital  Accounts for  allocations
     provided in  Article  V hereof  and  in  accordance with  the  requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.  Alternative  Liquidation  Procedure.    Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, if the Trustees  shall determine that an immediate  sale of part
     or  all of  the Trust  assets would  cause undue  loss to the  Holders, the
     Trustees,  in   order  to  avoid   such  loss,  may,   after  having  given
     notification to all the Holders, to the  extent not then prohibited by  the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or  qualified and
     applicable in  the circumstances, either defer  liquidation of and withhold
     from  distribution for a  reasonable time  any assets  of the  Trust except
     those necessary to  satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.  Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided in
     Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed  in liquidation of the  Trust shall
     be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.  Treatment of Negative Book  Capital Account Balance.   If  a
     Holder has  a negative balance  in its Book  Capital Account  following the
     liquidation of  its Interest, as  determined after taking  into account all
     capital  account  adjustments   for  the  Fiscal  Year   during  which  the
     liquidation  occurs, then  such  Holder shall  restore  the amount  of such
     negative balance  to the Trust by the  later of the end  of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days  after the date  of such liquidation  so as to  comply with  the
     requirements  of   Treasury  Regulations   Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3).
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid  to creditors of the Trust  or
     distributed  to other  Holders  in  accordance  with  their  positive  Book
     Capital Account balances.




































                                         -10-
<PAGE>




                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This Amendment,  dated as  of  October 23,  1995, is  made to  the
     MASTER  CUSTODIAN  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  between  each  investment
     company advised by  Boston Management and  Research which  has adopted  the
     Agreement  (the  "Trusts")  and  Investors   Bank  &  Trust  Company   (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The  Trusts  and  the Custodian  agree  that  Section  10  of  the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise  defined herein, terms  which are  defined in the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall  become effective as of  its execution, shall
     continue in full force  and effect until  terminated by either party  after
     August 31,  2000 by an instrument  in writing delivered  or mailed, postage
     prepaid to  the other  party, such termination  to take  effect not  sooner
     than sixty (60) days after the date of  such delivery or mailing; PROVIDED,
     that  the Trust  may at  any time by  action of  its Board,  (i) substitute
     another  bank or  trust  company  for the  Custodian  by  giving notice  as
     described  above to the Custodian  in the event  the Custodian assigns this
     Agreement to  another party without  consent of the noninterested  Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event  of
     the  appointment  of a  conservator or  receiver for  the Custodian  by the
     Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation or  by the  Banking Commissioner  of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event  at
     the direction of  an appropriate regulatory  agency or  court of  competent
     jurisdiction.  Upon termination  of the Agreement, the  Trust shall pay  to
     the Custodian  such compensation  as may  be due  as  of the  date of  such
     termination (and  shall likewise  reimburse the  Custodian  for its  costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This  Agreement  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  the  written
     agreement  of the  parties hereto.   If  a majority  of the  non-interested
     trustees  of  any of  the Trusts  determines  that the  performance  of the
     Custodian has  been unsatisfactory  or adverse  to the  interests of  Trust
     holders of any  Trust or Trusts or that  the terms of the Agreement  are no
     longer  consistent with  publicly available  industry  standards, then  the
     Trust or  Trusts  shall  give  written notice  to  the  Custodian  of  such
     determination and  the Custodian  shall have  60 days to  (1) correct  such
     performance  to  the satisfaction  of  the non-interested  trustees  or (2)
     renegotiate terms which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees  of
     the Trusts.  If  the conditions of the preceding sentence are  not met then
     the  Trust  or Trusts  may  terminate this  Agreement  on  sixty (60)  days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or  receiving
     notice of termination  of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust  company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company  Act of 1940  and the  Rules thereunder.   The Bank,  as Custodian,
     Agent or  otherwise, shall, upon  termination of the  Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian,  all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or  other  properties of  the  Trust deposited  with  or held  by  the Bank
     hereunder and all  books of account and  records kept by the  Bank pursuant
     to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by  the Bank relative  thereto.
     In the event that no written order designating  a successor custodian shall
     have  been  delivered  to  the  Bank  on  or  before  the  date  when  such
     termination shall become  effective, then the  Bank shall  not deliver  the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but  shall
     have the  right to  deliver to a  bank or trust  company doing  business in
     Boston, Massachusetts  of  its own  selection  meeting the  above  required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and  properties of the Trust  held by
     or deposited with  the Bank, and all  books of account and records  kept by
     the  Bank pursuant to  this Agreement, and all  documents held  by the Bank
     relative thereto.   Thereafter  such bank  or trust  company  shall be  the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as  expressly provided  herein, the Agreement  shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by  their duly authorized officers,  as of the day  and year
     first above written.

              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                       By:   /s/James L. O'Connor       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                James L. O'Connor
                                                Treasurer


                                       INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                Michael F. Rogers
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>




     <ARTICLE>       6 
     <CIK> 0000918706  
     <NAME> STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO 
     <MULTIPLIER> 1000 
                                                   
     <S>                             <C> 
     <PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS       
     <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          OCT-31-1995
     <PERIOD-END>                               OCT-31-1995   
     <INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                140,187 
     <INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>               147,243 
     <RECEIVABLES>                          5,966 
     <ASSETS-OTHER>                         1,916 
     <OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                       0 
     <TOTAL-ASSETS>                       155,125
     <PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                   0 
     <SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                    0 
     <OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>              2,542 
     <TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                    2,542 
     <SENIOR-EQUITY>                            0 
     <PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>             148,384 
     <SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                      0 
     <SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                      0 
     <ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                  0 
     <OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                     0 
     <ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                    0 
     <OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                   0 
     <ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>               4,199  
     <NET-ASSETS>                         152,583    
     <DIVIDEND-INCOME>                          0 
     <INTEREST-INCOME>                     17,757 
     <OTHER-INCOME>                             0 
     <EXPENSES-NET>                         1,529  
     <NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>               16,228 
     <REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>             (11,683) 
     <APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>             15,738 
     <NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                 20,283 
     <EQUALIZATION>                             0 
     <DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                  0 
     <DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                   0 
     <DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                      0         
     <NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                    0 
     <NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                0   
     <SHARES-REINVESTED>                        0 
     <NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                (83,885)
     <ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
     <ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                  0 
     <OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                    0 
     <OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                 0 
     <GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                    993 
     <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                         0 
     <GROSS-EXPENSE>                        1,529 
     <AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                 182,133 
     <PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                  0.000 
     <PER-SHARE-NII>                        0.000 
     <PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                0.000 
     <PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                   0.000 
     <PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>              0.000 
     <RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                   0.000 
     <PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                    0.000 
     <EXPENSE-RATIO>                         0.84 
     <AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                     0 
     <AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                       0 
              
<PAGE>

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission